Feeder Protection and Control REF615 Application Manual

Relion® 615 series

Feeder Protection and ControlREF615Application Manual

Document ID: 1MRS756378Issued: 2016-05-20

Revision: SProduct version: 5.0 FP1

© Copyright 2016 ABB. All rights reserved

Copyright

This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without writtenpermission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party,nor used for any unauthorized purpose.

The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license andmay be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license.

TrademarksABB and Relion are registered trademarks of the ABB Group. All other brand orproduct names mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registeredtrademarks of their respective holders.

WarrantyPlease inquire about the terms of warranty from your nearest ABB representative.

http://www.abb.com/substationautomation

HTTP://WWW.ABB.COM/SUBSTATIONAUTOMATION

Disclaimer

The data, examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for the concept orproduct description and are not to be deemed as a statement of guaranteed properties.All persons responsible for applying the equipment addressed in this manual mustsatisfy themselves that each intended application is suitable and acceptable, includingthat any applicable safety or other operational requirements are complied with. Inparticular, any risks in applications where a system failure and/or product failurewould create a risk for harm to property or persons (including but not limited topersonal injuries or death) shall be the sole responsibility of the person or entityapplying the equipment, and those so responsible are hereby requested to ensure thatall measures are taken to exclude or mitigate such risks.

This product has been designed to be connected and communicate data andinformation via a network interface which should be connected to a secure network.It is the sole responsibility of the person or entity responsible for networkadministration to ensure a secure connection to the network and to take the necessarymeasures (such as, but not limited to, installation of firewalls, application ofauthentication measures, encryption of data, installation of anti virus programs, etc.)to protect the product and the network, its system and interface included, against anykind of security breaches, unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/ortheft of data or information. ABB is not liable for any such damages and/or losses.

This document has been carefully checked by ABB but deviations cannot becompletely ruled out. In case any errors are detected, the reader is kindly requested tonotify the manufacturer. Other than under explicit contractual commitments, in noevent shall ABB be responsible or liable for any loss or damage resulting from the useof this manual or the application of the equipment.

Conformity

This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Communitieson the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagneticcompatibility (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC) and concerning electrical equipment foruse within specified voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 2006/95/EC). Thisconformity is the result of tests conducted by ABB in accordance with the productstandard EN 60255-26 for the EMC directive, and with the product standards EN60255-1 and EN 60255-27 for the low voltage directive. The product is designed inaccordance with the international standards of the IEC 60255 series.

Table of contents

Section 1 Introduction.......................................................................7This manual........................................................................................ 7Intended audience.............................................................................. 7Product documentation.......................................................................8

Product documentation set............................................................8Document revision history............................................................. 8Related documentation..................................................................9

Symbols and conventions...................................................................9Symbols.........................................................................................9Document conventions................................................................10Functions, codes and symbols.................................................... 11

Section 2 REF615 overview...........................................................17Overview...........................................................................................17

Product version history................................................................18PCM600 and relay connectivity package version........................19

Operation functionality......................................................................20Optional functions........................................................................20

Physical hardware............................................................................ 20Local HMI......................................................................................... 24

Display.........................................................................................25LEDs............................................................................................26Keypad........................................................................................ 26

Web HMI...........................................................................................26Authorization.....................................................................................28

Audit trail......................................................................................28Communication.................................................................................30

Self-healing Ethernet ring............................................................31Ethernet redundancy................................................................... 32Process bus.................................................................................34Secure communication................................................................36

Section 3 REF615 standard configurations....................................37Standard configurations....................................................................37

Addition of control functions for primary devices and the useof binary inputs and outputs........................................................ 41

Connection diagrams........................................................................43Standard configuration A.................................................................. 49

Applications................................................................................. 49Functions.....................................................................................50

Table of contents

REF615 1Application Manual

Default I/O connections.......................................................... 50Default disturbance recorder settings.....................................51

Functional diagrams.................................................................... 53Functional diagrams for protection......................................... 54Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder........................64Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.........................65Functional diagrams for control and interlocking....................66Functional diagrams for measurement functions................... 68Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs......................... 69Other functions....................................................................... 71

Standard configuration B.................................................................. 71Applications................................................................................. 71Functions.....................................................................................72


Functional diagrams.................................................................... 76Functional diagrams for protection......................................... 76Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder........................86Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.........................87Functional diagrams for control and interlocking....................89Functional diagrams for measurement functions .................. 91Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs......................... 93Functional diagrams for other timer logics............................. 96Other functions ...................................................................... 97

Standard configuration C..................................................................97Applications................................................................................. 97Functions.....................................................................................98


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 101Functional diagrams for protection....................................... 101Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................107Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................108Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................109Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 111Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 112Other functions..................................................................... 114

Standard configuration D................................................................114Applications............................................................................... 114Functions...................................................................................115

Default I/O connections........................................................ 115Default disturbance recorder settings...................................117

Functional diagrams.................................................................. 118

Table of contents

2 REF615Application Manual

Functional diagrams for protection....................................... 119Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................126Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................127Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................129Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 132Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 133Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 136Other functions..................................................................... 137

Standard configuration E................................................................ 137Applications............................................................................... 137Functions...................................................................................138


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 142Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 142Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................153Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................154Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................156Functional diagrams for measurement functions................. 159Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 161Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 164Other functions..................................................................... 165

Standard configuration F................................................................ 165Applications............................................................................... 165Functions...................................................................................166


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 170Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 171Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................184Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................185Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................188Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 190Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs....................... 193Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 196Other functions .................................................................... 197

Standard configuration G................................................................197Applications............................................................................... 197Functions...................................................................................198

Default I/O connections ....................................................... 198Default disturbance recorder settings...................................200

Functional diagrams.................................................................. 202Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 202

Table of contents


Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................214Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................215Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................217Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 220Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 222Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 225Other functions .................................................................... 226

Standard configuration H................................................................226Applications............................................................................... 226Functions...................................................................................227


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 231Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 232Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................243Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................244Functional diagrams for control and interlocking .................247Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 250Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 252Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 255Other functions .................................................................... 256

Standard configuration J.................................................................256Applications............................................................................... 256Functions...................................................................................257


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 261Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 262Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................275Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................276Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................279Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 282Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 285Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 289Other functions .................................................................... 290

Standard configuration K................................................................ 290Applications............................................................................... 290Functions...................................................................................291

Default IO connections......................................................... 291Default disturbance recorder settings...................................293

Functional diagrams.................................................................. 295Functional diagrams for protection....................................... 296Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................308

Table of contents


Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................309Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................311Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 315Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 318Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 321Other functions .................................................................... 322

Standard configuration L................................................................ 322Applications............................................................................... 322Functions...................................................................................323


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 327Functional diagrams for protection ...................................... 328Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................341Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................342Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................344Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 347Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 350Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 353Other functions .................................................................... 354

Standard configuration N................................................................354Applications............................................................................... 354Functions...................................................................................355


Functional diagrams.................................................................. 358Functional diagrams for protection....................................... 359Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder......................366Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.......................367Functional diagrams for control and interlocking..................369Functional diagrams for measurement functions ................ 371Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs ...................... 374Functional diagrams for other timer logics........................... 377Other functions..................................................................... 378

Section 4 Requirements for measurement transformers..............379Current transformers...................................................................... 379

Current transformer requirements for non-directionalovercurrent protection................................................................379

Current transformer accuracy class and accuracy limitfactor.................................................................................... 379Non-directional overcurrent protection................................. 380Example for non-directional overcurrent protection..............381

Table of contents


Section 5 IED physical connections............................................. 383Inputs..............................................................................................383

Energizing inputs.......................................................................383Phase currents..................................................................... 383Residual current................................................................... 383Phase voltages.....................................................................384Residual voltage...................................................................384Sensor inputs....................................................................... 384

Auxiliary supply voltage input.................................................... 384Binary inputs..............................................................................385Optional light sensor inputs....................................................... 387RTD/mA inputs.......................................................................... 388

Outputs........................................................................................... 389Outputs for tripping and controlling............................................389Outputs for signalling.................................................................389IRF.............................................................................................391

Section 6 Glossary....................................................................... 393

Table of contents


Section 1 Introduction

1.1 This manual

The application manual contains application descriptions and setting guidelinessorted per function. The manual can be used to find out when and for what purpose atypical protection function can be used. The manual can also be used when calculatingsettings.

1.2 Intended audience

This manual addresses the protection and control engineer responsible for planning,pre-engineering and engineering.

The protection and control engineer must be experienced in electrical powerengineering and have knowledge of related technology, such as protection schemesand principles.

1MRS756378 S Section 1Introduction


1.3 Product documentation

1.3.1 Product documentation set

Pla

nnin

g &

pu

rcha

se

Eng

inee

ring

Inst

alla

tion

Com

mis

sion

ing

Ope

ratio

n

Mai

nten

ance

Dec

omm

issi

onin

g,

dein

stal

latio

n &

dis

posa

l

Quick start guideQuick installation guideBrochureProduct guideOperation manualInstallation manualConnection diagramEngineering manualTechnical manualApplication manualCommunication protocol manualIEC 61850 engineering guidePoint list manualCyber security deployment guideline

GUID-12DC16B2-2DC1-48DF-8734-0C8B7116124C V2 EN

Figure 1: The intended use of documents during the product life cycle

Product series- and product-specific manuals can be downloadedfrom the ABB Web site http://www.abb.com/relion.

1.3.2 Document revision historyDocument revision/date Product version HistoryA/2007-12-20 1.0 First release

B/2008-02-08 1.0 Content updated

C/2008-07-02 1.1 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

D/2009-03-04 2.0 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

E/2009-07-03 2.0 Content updated

F/2010-06-11 3.0 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

G/2010-06-29 3.0 Terminology updated

Table continues on next page

Section 1 1MRS756378 SIntroduction


http://www.abb.com/relion

Document revision/date Product version HistoryH/2010-09-24 3.0 Content updated

K/2012-05-11 4.0 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

L/2013-02-21 4.0 FP1 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

M/2013-12-20 5.0 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

N/2014-01-24 5.0 Content updated

P/2014-04-10 5.0 Content updated

R/2015-10-30 5.0 FP1 Content updated to correspond to theproduct version

S/2016-05-20 5.0 FP1 Content updated

Download the latest documents from the ABB Web sitehttp://www.abb.com/substationautomation.

1.3.3 Related documentationName of the document Document IDModbus Communication Protocol Manual 1MRS756468

DNP3 Communication Protocol Manual 1MRS756709

IEC 60870-5-103 Communication Protocol Manual 1MRS756710

IEC 61850 Engineering Guide 1MRS756475

Engineering Manual 1MRS757121

Installation Manual 1MRS756375

Operation Manual 1MRS756708

Technical Manual 1MRS756887

Cyber Security Deployment Guideline 1MRS758280

1.4 Symbols and conventions

1.4.1 Symbols

The electrical warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard whichcould result in electrical shock.




The warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard which couldresult in personal injury.

The caution icon indicates important information or warning relatedto the concept discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence ofa hazard which could result in corruption of software or damage toequipment or property.

The information icon alerts the reader of important facts andconditions.

The tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design yourproject or how to use a certain function.

Although warning hazards are related to personal injury, it is necessary to understandthat under certain operational conditions, operation of damaged equipment may resultin degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,comply fully with all warning and caution notices.

1.4.2 Document conventions

A particular convention may not be used in this manual.

• Abbreviations and acronyms are spelled out in the glossary. The glossary alsocontains definitions of important terms.

• Push button navigation in the LHMI menu structure is presented by using thepush button icons.To navigate between the options, use and .

• Menu paths are presented in bold.Select Main menu/Settings.

• LHMI messages are shown in Courier font.To save the changes in nonvolatile memory, select Yes and press .

• Parameter names are shown in italics.The function can be enabled and disabled with the Operation setting.

• Parameter values are indicated with quotation marks.The corresponding parameter values are "On" and "Off".

• Input/output messages and monitored data names are shown in Courier font.When the function starts, the START output is set to TRUE.

• This document assumes that the parameter setting visibility is "Advanced".



1.4.3 Functions, codes and symbolsTable 1: Functions included in the relay

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSIProtection

Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, lowstage

PHLPTOC1 3I> (1) 51P-1 (1)

PHLPTOC2 3I> (2) 51P-1 (2)

Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, highstage

PHHPTOC1 3I>> (1) 51P-2 (1)

PHHPTOC2 3I>> (2) 51P-2 (2)

Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection,instantaneous stage

PHIPTOC1 3I>>> (1) 50P/51P (1)

Three-phase directionalovercurrent protection, lowstage

DPHLPDOC1 3I> -> (1) 67-1 (1)

DPHLPDOC2 3I> -> (2) 67-1 (2)

Three-phase directionalovercurrent protection, highstage

DPHHPDOC1 3I>> -> (1) 67-2 (1)

Non-directional earth-faultprotection, low stage

EFLPTOC1 Io> (1) 51N-1 (1)

EFLPTOC2 Io> (2) 51N-1 (2)

Non-directional earth-faultprotection, high stage

EFHPTOC1 Io>> (1) 51N-2 (1)

Non-directional earth-faultprotection, instantaneous stage

EFIPTOC1 Io>>> (1) 50N/51N (1)

Directional earth-faultprotection, low stage

DEFLPDEF1 Io> -> (1) 67N-1 (1)

DEFLPDEF2 Io> -> (2) 67N-1 (2)

Directional earth-faultprotection, high stage

DEFHPDEF1 Io>> -> (1) 67N-2 (1)

Admittance-based earth-faultprotection

EFPADM1 Yo> -> (1) 21YN (1)

EFPADM2 Yo> -> (2) 21YN (2)

EFPADM3 Yo> -> (3) 21YN (3)

Wattmetric-based earth-faultprotection

WPWDE1 Po> -> (1) 32N (1)

WPWDE2 Po> -> (2) 32N (2)

WPWDE3 Po> -> (3) 32N (3)

Transient/intermittent earth-fault protection

INTRPTEF1 Io> -> IEF (1) 67NIEF (1)

Harmonics-based earth-faultprotection

HAEFPTOC1 Io>HA (1) 51NHA (1)

Non-directional (cross-country)earth-fault protection, usingcalculated Io

EFHPTOC1 Io>> (1) 51N-2 (1)

Negative-sequence overcurrentprotection

NSPTOC1 I2> (1) 46 (1)

NSPTOC2 I2> (2) 46 (2)

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 I2/I1> (1) 46PD (1)




Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSIResidual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV1 Uo> (1) 59G (1)

ROVPTOV2 Uo> (2) 59G (2)

ROVPTOV3 Uo> (3) 59G (3)

Three-phase undervoltageprotection

PHPTUV1 3U< (1) 27 (1)

PHPTUV2 3U< (2) 27 (2)

PHPTUV3 3U< (3) 27 (3)

Three-phase overvoltageprotection

PHPTOV1 3U> (1) 59 (1)

PHPTOV2 3U> (2) 59 (2)

PHPTOV3 3U> (3) 59 (3)

Positive-sequenceundervoltage protection

PSPTUV1 U1< (1) 47U+ (1)

PSPTUV2 U1< (2) 47U+ (2)

Negative-sequenceovervoltage protection

NSPTOV1 U2> (1) 47O- (1)

NSPTOV2 U2> (2) 47O- (2)

Frequency protection FRPFRQ1 f>/f<,df/dt (1) 81 (1)

FRPFRQ2 f>/f<,df/dt (2) 81 (2)





Three-phase thermal protectionfor feeders, cables anddistribution transformers

T1PTTR1 3Ith>F (1) 49F (1)

High-impedance basedrestricted earth-fault protection

HREFPDIF1 dIoHi> (1) 87NH (1)

High-impedance differentialprotection for phase A

HIAPDIF1 dHi_A>(1) 87A(1)

High-impedance differentialprotection for phase B

HIBPDIF1 dHi_B>(1) 87B(1)

High-impedance differentialprotection for phase C

HICPDIF1 dHi_C>(1) 87C(1)

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 3I>/Io>BF (1) 51BF/51NBF (1)

Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1 3I2f> (1) 68 (1)

Switch onto fault CBPSOF1 SOTF (1) SOTF (1)

Master trip TRPPTRC1 Master Trip (1) 94/86 (1)

TRPPTRC2 Master Trip (2) 94/86 (2)




Arc protection ARCSARC1 ARC (1) 50L/50NL (1)

ARCSARC2 ARC (2) 50L/50NL (2)

ARCSARC3 ARC (3) 50L/50NL (3)




Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSIMultipurpose protection MAPGAPC1 MAP (1) MAP (1)

MAPGAPC2 MAP (2) MAP (2)

















Fault locator SCEFRFLO1 FLOC (1) 21FL (1)

High-impedance fault detection PHIZ1 HIF (1) HIZ (1)

Reverse power/directionaloverpower protection

DOPPDPR1 P>/Q> (1) 32R/32O (1)

DOPPDPR2 P>/Q> (2) 32R/32O (2)

Multifrequency admittance-based earth-fault protection

MFADPSDE1 Io> ->Y (1) 67YN (1)

Interconnection functions

Directional reactive powerundervoltage protection

DQPTUV1 Q> ->,3U< (1) 32Q,27 (1)

Low-voltage ride-throughprotection

LVRTPTUV1 U<RT (1) 27RT (1)



Voltage vector shift protection VVSPPAM1 VS (1) 78V (1)

Power quality

Current total demand distortion CMHAI1 PQM3I (1) PQM3I (1)

Voltage total harmonicdistortion

VMHAI1 PQM3U (1) PQM3V (1)

Voltage variation PHQVVR1 PQMU (1) PQMV (1)

Voltage unbalance VSQVUB1 PQUUB (1) PQVUB (1)

Control

Circuit-breaker control CBXCBR1 I <-> O CB (1) I <-> O CB (1)

Disconnector control DCXSWI1 I <-> O DCC (1) I <-> O DCC (1)

DCXSWI2 I <-> O DCC (2) I <-> O DCC (2)




Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSIEarthing switch control ESXSWI1 I <-> O ESC (1) I <-> O ESC (1)

Disconnector position indication DCSXSWI1 I <-> O DC (1) I <-> O DC (1)

DCSXSWI2 I <-> O DC (2) I <-> O DC (2)

DCSXSWI3 I <-> O DC (3) I <-> O DC (3)

Earthing switch indication ESSXSWI1 I <-> O ES (1) I <-> O ES (1)

ESSXSWI2 I <-> O ES (2) I <-> O ES (2)

Autoreclosing DARREC1 O -> I (1) 79 (1)

Synchronism and energizingcheck

SECRSYN1 SYNC (1) 25 (1)

Condition monitoring and supervision

Circuit-breaker conditionmonitoring

SSCBR1 CBCM (1) CBCM (1)

Trip circuit supervision TCSSCBR1 TCS (1) TCM (1)

TCSSCBR2 TCS (2) TCM (2)

Current circuit supervision CCSPVC1 MCS 3I (1) MCS 3I (1)

Current transformer supervisionfor high-impedance protectionscheme for phase A

HZCCASPVC1 MCS I_A(1) MCS I_A(1)

Current transformer supervisionfor high-impedance protectionscheme for phase B

HZCCBSPVC1 MCS I_B(1) MCS I_B(1)

Current transformer supervisionfor high-impedance protectionscheme for phase C

HZCCCSPVC1 MCS I_C(1) MCS I_C(1)

Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1 FUSEF (1) 60 (1)

Runtime counter for machinesand devices

MDSOPT1 OPTS (1) OPTM (1)

Measurement

Disturbance recorder RDRE1 DR (1) DFR (1)

Load profile record LDPRLRC1 LOADPROF (1) LOADPROF (1)

Fault record FLTRFRC1 FAULTREC (1) FAULTREC (1)

Three-phase currentmeasurement

CMMXU1 3I (1) 3I (1)

Sequence currentmeasurement

CSMSQI1 I1, I2, I0 (1) I1, I2, I0 (1)

Residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 Io (1) In (1)

RESCMMXU2 Io (2) In (2)

Three-phase voltagemeasurement

VMMXU1 3U (1) 3V (1)

VMMXU2 3U (2) 3V (2)

Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 Uo (1) Vn (1)

Sequence voltagemeasurement

VSMSQI1 U1, U2, U0 (1) V1, V2, V0 (1)

Three-phase power and energymeasurement

PEMMXU1 P, E (1) P, E (1)




Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 IEC-ANSIRTD/mA measurement XRGGIO130 X130 (RTD) (1) X130 (RTD) (1)

Frequency measurement FMMXU1 f (1) f (1)

IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampledvalue sending

SMVSENDER SMVSENDER SMVSENDER

IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampledvalue receiving (voltagesharing)

SMVRCV SMVRCV SMVRCV

Other

Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs) TPGAPC1 TP (1) TP (1)

TPGAPC2 TP (2) TP (2)



Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs,second resolution)

TPSGAPC1 TPS (1) TPS (1)

Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs,minute resolution)

TPMGAPC1 TPM (1) TPM (1)

Pulse timer (8 pcs) PTGAPC1 PT (1) PT (1)

PTGAPC2 PT (2) PT (2)

Time delay off (8 pcs) TOFGAPC1 TOF (1) TOF (1)

TOFGAPC2 TOF (2) TOF (2)



Time delay on (8 pcs) TONGAPC1 TON (1) TON (1)

TONGAPC2 TON (2) TON (2)



Set-reset (8 pcs) SRGAPC1 SR (1) SR (1)

SRGAPC2 SR (2) SR (2)



Move (8 pcs) MVGAPC1 MV (1) MV (1)

MVGAPC2 MV (2) MV (2)

Generic control point (16 pcs) SPCGAPC1 SPC (1) SPC (1)

SPCGAPC2 SPC (2) SPC (2)

Analog value scaling SCA4GAPC1 SCA4 (1) SCA4 (1)

SCA4GAPC2 SCA4 (2) SCA4 (2)



Integer value move MVI4GAPC1 MVI4 (1) MVI4 (1)



Section 2 REF615 overview

2.1 Overview

REF615 is a dedicated feeder protection and control relay designed for the protection,control, measurement and supervision of utility substations and industrial powersystems including radial, looped and meshed distribution networks with or withoutdistributed power generation. REF615 is a member of ABB’s Relion® product familyand part of its 615 protection and control product series. The 615 series relays arecharacterized by their compactness and withdrawable-unit design.

Re-engineered from the ground up, the 615 series has been designed to unleash the fullpotential of the IEC 61850 standard for communication and interoperability betweensubstation automation devices.

The relay provides main protection for overhead lines and cable feeders in distributionnetworks. The relay is also used as back-up protection in applications, where anindependent and redundant protection system is required.

Depending on the chosen standard configuration, the relay is adapted for theprotection of overhead line and cable feeders in isolated neutral, resistance earthed,compensated and solidly earthed networks. Once the standard configuration relay hasbeen given the application-specific settings, it can directly be put into service.

The 615 series relays support a range of communication protocols including IEC61850 with Edition 2 support, process bus according to IEC 61850-9-2 LE, IEC60870-5-103, Modbus® and DNP3. Profibus DPV1 communication protocol issupported by using the protocol converter SPA-ZC 302.

1MRS756378 S Section 2REF615 overview


2.1.1 Product version historyProduct version Product history1.0 Product released

1.1 • IRIG-B• Support for parallel protocols added: IEC 61850 and Modbus• X130 BIO added: optional for variants B and D• CB interlocking functionality enhanced• TCS functionality in HW enhanced• Non-volatile memory added

2.0 • Support for DNP3 serial or TCP/IP• Support for IEC 60870-5-103• Voltage measurement and protection• Power and energy measurement• New standard configurations E and F• Disturbance recorder upload via WHMI• Fuse failure supervision

3.0 • New configurations G and H• Additions to configurations A, B, E and F• Application configurability support• Analog GOOSE support• Large display with single line diagram• Enhanced mechanical design• Increased maximum amount of events and fault records• Admittance-based earth-fault protection• Frequency measurement and protection• Synchronism and energizing check• Combi sensor inputs• Multi-port Ethernet option

4.0 • New configuration J• Additions/changes for configurations A-H• Dual fiber optic Ethernet communication option (COM0032)• Generic control point (SPCGGIO) function blocks• Additional logic blocks• Button object for SLD• Controllable disconnector and earth switch objects for SLD• Wattmetric based E/F• Harmonics based E/F• Power Quality functions• Increased maximum amount of events and fault records


Section 2 1MRS756378 SREF615 overview


Product version Product history4.0 FP1 • High-availability seamless redundancy (HSR) protocol

• Parallel redundancy protocol (PRP-1)• Parallel use of IEC 61850 and DNP3 protocols• Parallel use of IEC 61850 and IEC 60870-5-103 protocols• Two selectable indication colors for LEDs (red or green)• Online binary signal monitoring with PCM600

5.0 • New configurations K, L and N• New layout in Application Configuration tool for all configurations• Support for IEC 61850-9-2 LE• IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization• Fault locator• Load profile recorder• High-speed binary outputs• Optional RTD inputs• Profibus adapter support• Support for multiple SLD pages• Import/export of settings via WHMI• Setting usability improvements• HMI event filtering tool

5.0 FP1 • IEC 61850 Edition 2• Currents sending support with IEC 61850-9-2 LE• Support for synchronism and energizing check with IEC 61850-9-2 LE• Support for configuration migration (starting from Ver.3.0 to Ver.5.0 FP1)• Software closable Ethernet ports• Chinese language support• Report summary via WHMI• Multifrequency admittance-based E/F• Support for high-impedance differential protection• Voltage unbalance power quality option• Interconnection protection option• Reverse power/directional overpower• Switch onto fault• Additional timer, set-reset and analog value scaling functions

2.1.2 PCM600 and relay connectivity package version

• Protection and Control IED Manager PCM600 2.6 (Rollup 20150626) or later• REF615 Connectivity Package Ver.5.1 or later

• Parameter Setting• Signal Monitoring• Event Viewer• Disturbance Handling• Application Configuration• Signal Matrix• Graphical Display Editor• Communication Management• IED User Management• IED Compare• Firmware Update• Fault Record tool• Load Record Profile• Lifecycle Traceability



• Configuration Wizard• AR Sequence Visualizer• Label Printing• IEC 61850 Configuration• IED Configuration Migration

Download connectivity packages from the ABB Web sitehttp://www.abb.com/substationautomation or directly with theUpdate Manager in PCM600.

2.2 Operation functionality

2.2.1 Optional functions

• Arc protection• Autoreclosing• Modbus TCP/IP or RTU/ASCII• IEC 60870-5-103• DNP3 TCP/IP or serial• Admittance-based earth-fault protectiont (configurations A, B, E, F, G, J, L and

N only)• Wattmetric-based earth-fault protection (configurations A, B, E, F, G, J, L and N

only)• Harmonics-based earth-fault protection (configurations B, D, F, J, L and N only)• Interconnection protection (configurations L and N only• Power quality functions (configurations J, K, L and N only)• Fault locator (configurations K, L and N only)• RTD/mA measurement (configurations B, D, E, F, H, J and N only)• IEC 61850-9-2 LE (configurations E, F, G, H, J, K, L and N only)• IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization

2.3 Physical hardware

The protection relay consists of two main parts: plug-in unit and case. The contentdepends on the ordered functionality.




Table 2: Plug-in unit and case

Main unit Slot ID Content optionsPlug-inunit

- HMI Small (5 lines, 20 characters)Large (10 lines, 20 characters) with SLD

Small Chinese (3 lines, 8 or more characters)Large Chinese (7 lines, 8 or more characters) with SLD

X100 Auxiliary power/BOmodule

48-250 V DC/100-240 V AC; or 24-60 V DC2 normally-open PO contacts1 change-over SO contacts1 normally-open SO contact2 double-pole PO contacts with TCS1 dedicated internal fault output contact

X110 BIO module Only with configurations B, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L and N:8 binary inputs4 SO contacts

Only with configurations B, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L and N:8 binary inputs3 HSO contacts

X120 AI/BI module Only with configurations A and B:3 phase current inputs (1/5 A)1 residual current input (1/5 A or 0.2/1 A)1)

1 residual voltage input (60-210 V)3 binary inputs

Only with configurations C, D, E, F, H, J and N:3 phase current inputs (1/5 A)1 residual current input (1/5 A or 0.2/1 A)1)

4 binary inputs

Only with configuration K:6 phase current inputs (1/5 A)1 residual current input (1/5 A)




Main unit Slot ID Content optionsCase X130 AI/BI module Only with configurations E, F, H, J, K and N:

3 phase voltage inputs (60-210 V)1 residual voltage input (60-210 V)4 binary inputs Additionally with configurations H, J, K and N:1 reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 (60-210 V)

AI/RTD/mA module Only with configurations E, F, H, J and N:3 phase voltage inputs (60-210 V)1 residual voltage input (60-210 V)1 generic mA input2 RTD sensor inputs Additionally with configurations H, J and N:1 reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 (60-210 V)

Sensor inputmodule

Only with configurations G and L:3 combi sensor inputs (three-phase current and voltage)1 residual current input (0.2/1 A)1)

Optional BIOmodule

Optional for configurations B and D:6 binary inputs3 SO contacts

Optional RTD/mAmodule

Optional for configurations B and D:2 generic mA inputs6 RTD sensor inputs

X000 Optionalcommunicationmodule

See the technical manual for details about different typesof communication modules.

1) The 0.2/1 A input is normally used in applications requiring sensitive earth-fault protection and featuringcore-balance current transformers.

Rated values of the current and voltage inputs are basic setting parameters of theprotection relay. The binary input thresholds are selectable within the range 16…176V DC by adjusting the binary input setting parameters.

The connection diagrams of different hardware modules are presented in this manual.

See the installation manual for more information about the case andthe plug-in unit.



Table 3: Input/output overview

Std.conf.

Order code digit Analog channels Binary channels 5-6 7-8 CT VT Combi

sensorBI BO RTD mA

A AA / AB AA 4 1 - 3 4 PO+ 2 SO

- -

B

AA / AB

AE 4 1 - 17 4 PO+ 9 SO

- -

FA

4 1 - 17 4 PO+ 5 SO+ 3HSO

- -

FA / FB

AC 4 1 - 11 4 PO+ 6 SO

6 2

FG

4 1 - 11 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

C AC / AD AB 4 - - 4 4 PO+ 2 SO

- -

D

AC / AD

AF 4 - - 18 4 PO+ 9 SO

- -

FB

4 - - 18 4 PO+ 5 SO+ 3HSO

- -

FC / FD

AD 4 - - 12 4 PO+ 6 SO

6 2

FE

4 - - 12 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

EFHJN

AE / AF

AG 4 5 - 16 4 PO+ 6 SO

- -

FC

4 5 - 16 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

- -

FE / FF

AG 4 5 - 12 4 PO+ 6 SO

2 1

FC

4 5 - 12 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

2 1




Std.conf.

Order code digit Analog channels Binary channels 5-6 7-8 CT VT Combi

sensorBI BO RTD mA

GL DA

AH 1 - 3 8 4 PO+ 6 SO

- -

FD

1 - 3 8 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

- -

K BC

AD 5 5 - 12 4 PO+ 6 SO

- -

FE

5 5 - 12 4 PO+ 2 SO+ 3HSO

- -

2.4 Local HMI

The LHMI is used for setting, monitoring and controlling the protection relay. TheLHMI comprises the display, buttons, LED indicators and communication port.

REF615

Overcurrent

Dir. earth-fault

Voltage protection

Phase unbalance

Thermal overload

Breaker failure

Disturb. rec. Triggered

CB condition monitoring

Supervision

Arc detected

Autoreclose shot in progr.

A070704 V4 EN

Figure 2: Example of the LHMI



2.4.1 Display

The LHMI includes a graphical display that supports two character sizes. Thecharacter size depends on the selected language. The amount of characters and rowsfitting the view depends on the character size.

Table 4: Small display

Character size1) Rows in the view Characters per row

Small, mono-spaced (6 × 12 pixels) 5 20

Large, variable width (13 × 14 pixels) 3 8 or more

1) Depending on the selected language

Table 5: Large display

Character size1) Rows in the view Characters per row

Small, mono-spaced (6 × 12 pixels) 10 20

Large, variable width (13 × 14 pixels) 7 8 or more

1) Depending on the selected language

The display view is divided into four basic areas.

1 2

3 4A070705 V3 EN

Figure 3: Display layout

1 Header

2 Icon

3 Content

4 Scroll bar (displayed when needed)



2.4.2 LEDs

The LHMI includes three protection indicators above the display: Ready, Start andTrip.

There are 11 matrix programmable LEDs on front of the LHMI. The LEDs can beconfigured with PCM600 and the operation mode can be selected with the LHMI,WHMI or PCM600.

2.4.3 Keypad

The LHMI keypad contains push buttons which are used to navigate in different viewsor menus. With the push buttons you can give open or close commands to objects inthe primary circuit, for example, a circuit breaker, a contactor or a disconnector. Thepush buttons are also used to acknowledge alarms, reset indications, provide help andswitch between local and remote control mode.

A071176 V1 EN

Figure 4: LHMI keypad with object control, navigation and command pushbuttons and RJ-45 communication port

2.5 Web HMI

The WHMI allows secure access to the protection relay via a Web browser. When theSecure Communication parameter in the protection relay is activated, the Web serveris forced to take a secured (HTTPS) connection to WHMI using TLS encryption.TheWHMI is verified with Internet Explorer 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 and 11.0.

WHMI is disabled by default.

WHMI offers several functions.



• Programmable LEDs and event lists• System supervision• Parameter settings• Measurement display• Disturbance records• Fault records• Load profile record• Phasor diagram• Single-line diagram• Importing/Exporting parameters• Report summary

The menu tree structure on the WHMI is almost identical to the one on the LHMI.

A070754 V6 EN

Figure 5: Example view of the WHMI

The WHMI can be accessed locally and remotely.

• Locally by connecting the laptop to the protection relay via the frontcommunication port.

• Remotely over LAN/WAN.



2.6 Authorization

Four user categories have been predefined for the LHMI and the WHMI, each withdifferent rights and default passwords.

The default passwords in the protection relay delivered from the factory can bechanged with Administrator user rights.

User authorization is disabled by default for LHMI but WHMI alwaysuses authorization.

Table 6: Predefined user categories

Username User rightsVIEWER Read only access

OPERATOR • Selecting remote or local state with (only locally)• Changing setting groups• Controlling• Clearing indications

ENGINEER • Changing settings• Clearing event list• Clearing disturbance records• Changing system settings such as IP address, serial baud rate or

disturbance recorder settings• Setting the protection relay to test mode• Selecting language

ADMINISTRATOR • All listed above• Changing password• Factory default activation

For user authorization for PCM600, see PCM600 documentation.

2.6.1 Audit trail

The protection relay offers a large set of event-logging functions. Critical system andprotection relay security-related events are logged to a separate nonvolatile audit trailfor the administrator.

Audit trail is a chronological record of system activities that allows the reconstructionand examination of the sequence of system and security-related events and changes inthe protection relay. Both audit trail events and process related events can beexamined and analyzed in a consistent method with the help of Event List in LHMIand WHMI and Event Viewer in PCM600.



The protection relay stores 2048 audit trail events to the nonvolatile audit trail.Additionally, 1024 process events are stored in a nonvolatile event list. Both the audittrail and event list work according to the FIFO principle. Nonvolatile memory is basedon a memory type which does not need battery backup nor regular component changeto maintain the memory storage.

Audit trail events related to user authorization (login, logout, violation remote andviolation local) are defined according to the selected set of requirements from IEEE1686. The logging is based on predefined user names or user categories. The user audittrail events are accessible with IEC 61850-8-1, PCM600, LHMI and WHMI.

Table 7: Audit trail events

Audit trail event DescriptionConfiguration change Configuration files changed

Firmware change Firmware changed

Firmware change fail Firmware change failed

Attached to retrofit test case Unit has been attached to retrofit case

Removed from retrofit test case Removed from retrofit test case

Setting group remote User changed setting group remotely

Setting group local User changed setting group locally

Control remote DPC object control remote

Control local DPC object control local

Test on Test mode on

Test off Test mode off

Reset trips Reset latched trips (TRPPTRC*)

Setting commit Settings have been changed

Time change Time changed directly by the user. Note that this is not usedwhen the protection relay is synchronised properly by theappropriate protocol (SNTP, IRIG-B, IEEE 1588 v2).

View audit log Administrator accessed audit trail

Login Successful login from IEC 61850-8-1 (MMS), WHMI, FTP orLHMI.

Logout Successful logout from IEC 61850-8-1 (MMS), WHMI, FTP orLHMI.

Password change Password changed

Firmware reset Reset issued by user or tool

Audit overflow Too many audit events in the time period

Violation remote Unsuccessful login attempt from IEC 61850-8-1 (MMS),WHMI, FTP or LHMI.

Violation local Unsuccessful login attempt from IEC 61850-8-1 (MMS),WHMI, FTP or LHMI.

PCM600 Event Viewer can be used to view the audit trail events and process relatedevents. Audit trail events are visible through dedicated Security events view. Sinceonly the administrator has the right to read audit trail, authorization must be used in



PCM600. The audit trail cannot be reset, but PCM600 Event Viewer can filter data.Audit trail events can be configured to be visible also in LHMI/WHMI Event listtogether with process related events.

To expose the audit trail events through Event list, define theAuthority logging level parameter via Configuration/Authorization/Security. This exposes audit trail events to all users.

Table 8: Comparison of authority logging levels

Audit trail event Authority logging level

NoneConfiguration change

Settinggroup

Settinggroup,control

Settingsedit

All

Configuration change ● ● ● ● ●

Firmware change ● ● ● ● ●

Firmware change fail ● ● ● ● ●

Attached to retrofit testcase

● ● ● ● ●

Removed from retrofittest case

● ● ● ● ●

Setting group remote ● ● ● ●

Setting group local ● ● ● ●

Control remote ● ● ●

Control local ● ● ●

Test on ● ● ●

Test off ● ● ●

Reset trips ● ● ●

Setting commit ● ●

Time change ●

View audit log ●

Login ●

Logout ●

Password change ●

Firmware reset ●

Violation local ●

Violation remote ●

2.7 Communication

The protection relay supports a range of communication protocols including IEC61850, IEC 61850-9-2 LE, IEC 60870-5-103, Modbus® and DNP3. Profibus DPV1



communication protocol is supported by using the protocol converter SPA-ZC 302.Operational information and controls are available through these protocols. However,some communication functionality, for example, horizontal communication betweenthe protection relays, is only enabled by the IEC 61850 communication protocol.

The IEC 61850 communication implementation supports all monitoring and controlfunctions. Additionally, parameter settings, disturbance recordings and fault recordscan be accessed using the IEC 61850 protocol. Disturbance recordings are availableto any Ethernet-based application in the IEC 60255-24 standard COMTRADE fileformat. The protection relay can send and receive binary signals from other devices(so-called horizontal communication) using the IEC 61850-8-1 GOOSE profile,where the highest performance class with a total transmission time of 3 ms issupported. Furthermore, the protection relay supports sending and receiving of analogvalues using GOOSE messaging. The protection relay meets the GOOSEperformance requirements for tripping applications in distribution substations, asdefined by the IEC 61850 standard.

The protection relay can support five simultaneous clients. If PCM600 reserves oneclient connection, only four client connections are left, for example, for IEC 61850and Modbus.

All communication connectors, except for the front port connector, are placed onintegrated optional communication modules. The protection relay can be connected toEthernet-based communication systems via the RJ-45 connector (100Base-TX) or thefiber-optic LC connector (100Base-FX). An optional serial interface is available forRS-232/RS-485 communication.

2.7.1 Self-healing Ethernet ring

For the correct operation of self-healing loop topology, it is essential that the externalswitches in the network support the RSTP protocol and that it is enabled in theswitches. Otherwise, connecting the loop topology can cause problems to thenetwork. The protection relay itself does not support link-down detection or RSTP.The ring recovery process is based on the aging of the MAC addresses, and the link-up/link-down events can cause temporary breaks in communication. For a betterperformance of the self-healing loop, it is recommended that the external switchfurthest from the protection relay loop is assigned as the root switch (bridge priority= 0) and the bridge priority increases towards the protection relay loop. The end linksof the protection relay loop can be attached to the same external switch or to twoadjacent external switches. A self-healing Ethernet ring requires a communicationmodule with at least two Ethernet interfaces for all protection relays.



Managed Ethernet switchwith RSTP support

Managed Ethernet switchwith RSTP support

Client BClient A

Network ANetwork B

GUID-283597AF-9F38-4FC7-B87A-73BFDA272D0F V3 EN

Figure 6: Self-healing Ethernet ring solution

The Ethernet ring solution supports the connection of up to 30protection relays. If more than 30 protection relays are to beconnected, it is recommended that the network is split into severalrings with no more than 30 protection relays per ring. Each protectionrelay has a 50-μs store-and-forward delay, and to fulfil theperformance requirements for fast horizontal communication, thering size is limited to 30 protection relays.

2.7.2 Ethernet redundancy

IEC 61850 specifies a network redundancy scheme that improves the systemavailability for substation communication. It is based on two complementaryprotocols defined in the IEC 62439-3:2012 standard: parallel redundancy protocolPRP-1 and high-availability seamless redundancy HSR protocol. Both protocols relyon the duplication of all transmitted information via two Ethernet ports for one logicalnetwork connection. Therefore, both are able to overcome the failure of a link orswitch with a zero-switchover time, thus fulfilling the stringent real-timerequirements for the substation automation horizontal communication and timesynchronization.

PRP specifies that each device is connected in parallel to two local area networks.HSR applies the PRP principle to rings and to the rings of rings to achieve cost-effective redundancy. Thus, each device incorporates a switch element that forwardsframes from port to port. The HSR/PRP option is available for all 615 series protectionrelays. However, RED615 supports this option only over fiber optics.



IEC 62439-3:2012 cancels and replaces the first edition published in2010. These standard versions are also referred to as IEC 62439-3Edition 1 and IEC 62439-3 Edition 2. The protection relay supportsIEC 62439-3:2012 and it is not compatible with IEC 62439-3:2010.

PRPEach PRP node, called a doubly attached node with PRP (DAN), is attached to twoindependent LANs operated in parallel. These parallel networks in PRP are calledLAN A and LAN B. The networks are completely separated to ensure failureindependence, and they can have different topologies. Both networks operate inparallel, thus providing zero-time recovery and continuous checking of redundancy toavoid communication failures. Non-PRP nodes, called single attached nodes (SANs),are either attached to one network only (and can therefore communicate only withDANs and SANs attached to the same network), or are attached through a redundancybox, a device that behaves like a DAN.

Ethernet switchIEC 61850 PRPEthernet switch

REF615 REF620 RET620 REM620 REF615

SCADACOM600

GUID-334D26B1-C3BD-47B6-BD9D-2301190A5E9D V1 EN

Figure 7: PRP solution

In case a laptop or a PC workstation is connected as a non-PRP node to one of the PRPnetworks, LAN A or LAN B, it is recommended to use a redundancy box device or anEthernet switch with similar functionality between the PRP network and SAN toremove additional PRP information from the Ethernet frames. In some cases, defaultPC workstation adapters are not able to handle the maximum-length Ethernet frameswith the PRP trailer.

There are different alternative ways to connect a laptop or a workstation as SAN to aPRP network.



• Via an external redundancy box (RedBox) or a switch capable of connecting toPRP and normal networks

• By connecting the node directly to LAN A or LAN B as SAN• By connecting the node to the protection relay's interlink port

HSRHSR applies the PRP principle of parallel operation to a single ring, treating the twodirections as two virtual LANs. For each frame sent, a node, DAN, sends two frames,one over each port. Both frames circulate in opposite directions over the ring and eachnode forwards the frames it receives, from one port to the other. When the originatingnode receives a frame sent to itself, it discards that to avoid loops; therefore, no ringprotocol is needed. Individually attached nodes, SANs, such as laptops and printers,must be attached through a “redundancy box” that acts as a ring element. For example,a 615 or 620 series protection relay with HSR support can be used as a redundancybox.

GUID-207430A7-3AEC-42B2-BC4D-3083B3225990 V1 EN

Figure 8: HSR solution

2.7.3 Process bus

Process bus IEC 61850-9-2 defines the transmission of Sampled Measured Valueswithin the substation automation system. International Users Group created aguideline IEC 61850-9-2 LE that defines an application profile of IEC 61850-9-2 tofacilitate implementation and enable interoperability. Process bus is used fordistributing process data from the primary circuit to all process bus compatible IEDsin the local network in a real-time manner. The data can then be processed by any IEDto perform different protection, automation and control functions.



UniGear Digital switchgear concept relies on the process bus together with currentand voltage sensors. The process bus enables several advantages for the UniGearDigital like simplicity with reduced wiring, flexibility with data availability to allIEDs, improved diagnostics and longer maintenance cycles.

With process bus the galvanic interpanel wiring for sharing busbar voltage value canbe replaced with Ethernet communication. Transmitting measurement samples overprocess bus brings also higher error detection because the signal transmission isautomatically supervised. Additional contribution to the higher availability is thepossibility to use redundant Ethernet network for transmitting SMV signals.

Common EthernetStation bus (IEC 61850-8-1), process bus (IEC 61850-9-2 LE) and IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization

GO

OS

E

SM

V

GO

OS

E

SM

V

SM

V

GO

OS

E

GO

OS

E

SM

V

GO

OS

E

SM

V

SM

V

GO

OS

E

SM

V

GO

OS

E

GUID-2371EFA7-4369-4F1A-A23F-CF0CE2D474D3 V4 EN

Figure 9: Process bus application of voltage sharing and synchrocheck

The 615 series supports IEC 61850 process bus with sampled values of analogcurrents and voltages. The measured values are transferred as sampled values usingthe IEC 61850-9-2 LE protocol which uses the same physical Ethernet network as theIEC 61850-8-1 station bus. The intended application for sampled values is sharing themeasured voltages from one 615 series IED to other IEDs with phase voltage basedfunctions and 9-2 support.

The 615 series IEDs with process bus based applications use IEEE 1588 v2 PrecisionTime Protocol (PTP) according to IEEE C37.238-2011 Power Profile for highaccuracy time synchronization. With IEEE 1588 v2, the cabling infrastructurerequirement is reduced by allowing time synchronization information to betransported over the same Ethernet network as the data communications.



IEC 61850

HSR

SMV

tra

ffic

Backup 1588

master clock

Managed HSR

Ethernet

switch

Primary

IEEE 1588 v2

master clock

Secondary

IEEE 1588 v2

master clock

(optional)

Managed HSR

Ethernet

switch

GUID-7C56BC1F-F1B2-4E74-AB8E-05001A88D53D V4 EN

Figure 10: Example network topology with process bus, redundancy and IEEE1588 v2 time synchronization

The process bus option is available for all 615 series IEDs equipped with phasevoltage inputs. Another requirement is a communication card with IEEE 1588 v2support (COM0031...COM0037). However, RED615 supports this option only withthe communication card variant having fiber optic station bus ports. See the IEC61850 engineering guide for detailed system requirements and configuration details.

2.7.4 Secure communication

The protection relay supports secure communication for WHMI and file transferprotocol. If the Secure Communication parameter is activated, protocols require TLSbased encryption method support from the clients. In this case WHMI must beconnected from a Web browser using the HTTPS protocol and in case of file transferthe client must use FTPS.



Section 3 REF615 standard configurations

3.1 Standard configurations

REF615 is available in twelve alternative standard configurations. The standardsignal configuration can be altered by means of the signal matrix or the graphicalapplication functionality of the Protection and Control IED Manager PCM600.Further, the application configuration functionality of PCM600 supports the creationof multi-layer logic functions using various logical elements, including timers andflip-flops. By combining protection functions with logic function blocks, the relayconfiguration can be adapted to user-specific application requirements.

The relay is delivered from the factory with default connections described in thefunctional diagrams for binary inputs, binary outputs, function-to-functionconnections and alarm LEDs. Some of the supported functions in REF615 must beadded with the Application Configuration tool to be available in the Signal Matrix tooland in the relay. The positive measuring direction of directional protection functionsis towards the outgoing feeder.

Table 9: Standard configurations

Description Std. conf.Non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-fault protection A

Non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-fault protection and circuit-breaker conditionmonitoring (RTD option) B

Non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection C

Non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection and circuit-breaker condition monitoring (RTDoption) D

Non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-fault protection, voltage-based measurements andcircuit-breaker condition monitoring (RTD option) E

Directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection, voltage-based protection and measurements, andcircuit-breaker condition monitoring (RTD option) F

Directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection, voltage-based protection and measurements, andcircuit-breaker condition monitoring (sensor inputs and optional synchro-check with IEC 61850-9-2LE) G

Non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection, voltage and frequency based protection andmeasurements, synchro-check and circuit-breaker condition monitoring (RTD option) H

Directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection, voltage and frequency based protection andmeasurements, synchro-check and circuit-breaker condition monitoring (optional power quality andRTD option) J


1MRS756378 S Section 3REF615 standard configurations


Description Std. conf.Directional and non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection, high-impedance restrictedearth-fault protection, voltage and frequency based protection and measurements, synchro-check andcircuit-breaker condition monitoring (optional power quality and fault locator) K

Directional and non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection with multifrequency neutraladmittance, voltage, frequency and power based protection and measurements, and circuit-breakercondition monitoring (sensor inputs, optional power quality, fault locator, interconnetion protection andsynchro-check with IEC 61850-9-2 LE) L

Directional and non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protection with multifrequency neutraladmittance, voltage, frequency and power based protection and measurements, high-impedancedifferential protection, synchro-check and circuit-breaker condition monitoring (optional power quality,fault locator and interconnection protection) N

Table 10: Supported functions

Function IEC 61850 A B C D E F G H J K L NProtectionThree-phase non-directional overcurrentprotection, low stage

PHLPTOC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Three-phase non-directional overcurrentprotection, high stage

PHHPTOC 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

Three-phase non-directional overcurrentprotection,instantaneous stage

PHIPTOC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Three-phasedirectional overcurrentprotection, low stage

DPHLPDOC 2 2 2 1 2 2

Three-phasedirectional overcurrentprotection, high stage

DPHHPDOC 1 1 1 1 1 1

Non-directional earth-fault protection, lowstage

EFLPTOC 2 2 2 2 2 2

Non-directional earth-fault protection, highstage

EFHPTOC 1 1 1 1 1

Non-directional earth-fault protection,instantaneous stage

EFIPTOC 1 1 1 1 1 1

Directional earth-faultprotection, low stage

DEFLPDEF 21) 21) 2 2 22) 2 1 22) 2

Directional earth-faultprotection, high stage

DEFHPDEF 11) 11) 1 1 12) 1 1 12) 1

Admittance-basedearth-fault protection3)

EFPADM (3)1)3) (3)1)3) (3)3) (3)3) (3)2)3) (3)3) (3)2)3) (3)3)

Wattmetric-basedearth-fault protection3)

WPWDE (3)1)3) (3)1)3) (3)3) (3)3) (3)2)3) (3)3) (3)2)3) (3)3)

Transient/intermittentearth-fault protection

INTRPTEF 14) 14) 14) 14) 14) 12)4) 14)

Harmonics-basedearth-fault protection 3)

HAEFPTOC (1)3)4) (1)3)4) (1)3)4) (1)3)4) (1)3)4) (1)3)4)

Non-directional (cross-country) earth-faultprotection, usingcalculated Io

EFHPTOC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Negative-sequenceovercurrent protection

NSPTOC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


Section 3 1MRS756378 SREF615 standard configurations


Function IEC 61850 A B C D E F G H J K L NPhase discontinuityprotection

PDNSPTOC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Residual overvoltageprotection

ROVPTOV 31) 31) 3 3 32) 3 3 2 32) 3

Three-phaseundervoltageprotection

PHPTUV 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

Three-phaseovervoltage protection

PHPTOV 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

Positive-sequenceundervoltageprotection

PSPTUV 1 1 1 2 2

Negative-sequenceovervoltage protection

NSPTOV 1 1 1 2 2

Frequency protection FRPFRQ 3 3 3 6 6Three-phase thermalprotection for feeders,cables and distributiontransformers

T1PTTR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

High-impedance basedrestricted earth-faultprotection

HREFPDIF 15)

High-impedancedifferential protectionfor phase A

HIAPDIF 1

High-impedancedifferential protectionfor phase B

HIBPDIF 1

High-impedancedifferential protectionfor phase C

HICPDIF 1

Circuit breaker failureprotection

CCBRBRF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Three-phase inrushdetector

INRPHAR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Switch onto fault CBPSOF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Master trip TRPPTRC 2 2

(3)6)2 2

(3)6)2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

2(3)6)

Arc protection ARCSARC (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)Multipurposeprotection

MAPGAPC 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

Fault locator SCEFRFLO (1) (1) (1)High-impedance faultdetection

PHIZ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Reverse power/directional overpowerprotection

DOPPDPR 2 2

Multifrequencyadmittance-basedearth-fault protection

MFADPSDE 1 1

Interconnection functionsDirectional reactivepower undervoltageprotection

DQPTUV (1) (1)

Low-voltage ride-through protection

LVRTPTUV (3) (3)

Voltage vector shiftprotection

VVSPPAM (1) (1)

Power qualityCurrent total demanddistortion

CMHAI (1)7) (1)7) (1)7) (1)7)

Voltage total harmonicdistortion

VMHAI (1)7) (1)7) (1)7) (1)7)




Function IEC 61850 A B C D E F G H J K L NVoltage variation PHQVVR (1)7) (1)7) (1)7) (1)7)

Voltage unbalance VSQVUB (1)7) (1)7) (1)7) (1)7)

ControlCircuit-breaker control CBXCBR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Disconnector control DCXSWI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Earthing switch control ESXSWI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Disconnector positionindication

DCSXSWI 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Earthing switchindication

ESSXSWI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Autoreclosing DARREC (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)Synchronism andenergizing check

SECRSYN (1)8) 1 1 1 (1)8) 1

Condition monitoring and supervisionCircuit-breakercondition monitoring

SSCBR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Trip circuit supervision TCSSCBR 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Current circuitsupervision

CCSPVC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Current transformersupervision for high-impedance protectionscheme for phase A

HZCCASPVC 1

Current transformersupervision for high-impedance protectionscheme for phase B

HZCCBSPVC 1

Current transformersupervision for high-impedance protectionscheme for phase C

HZCCCSPVC 1

Fuse failuresupervision

SEQSPVC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Runtime counter formachines and devices

MDSOPT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MeasurementDisturbance recorder RDRE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Load profile record LDPRLRC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Fault record FLTRFRC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Three-phase currentmeasurement

CMMXU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sequence currentmeasurement

CSMSQI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Residual currentmeasurement

RESCMMXU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

Three-phase voltagemeasurement

VMMXU 1 1 1(1)8)

2 2 2 1(1)8)

2

Residual voltagemeasurement

RESVMMXU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sequence voltagemeasurement

VSMSQI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Three-phase powerand energymeasurement

PEMMXU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RTD/mA measurement XRGGIO130 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)Frequencymeasurement

FMMXU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

IEC 61850-9-2 LEsampled valuesending8)9)

SMVSENDER (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)




Function IEC 61850 A B C D E F G H J K L NIEC 61850-9-2 LEsampled valuereceiving (voltagesharing) 8)9)

SMVRCV (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)

OtherMinimum pulse timer(2 pcs)

TPGAPC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Minimum pulse timer(2 pcs, secondresolution)

TPSGAPC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Minimum pulse timer(2 pcs, minuteresolution)

TPMGAPC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Pulse timer (8 pcs) PTGAPC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Time delay off (8 pcs) TOFGAPC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4Time delay on (8 pcs) TONGAPC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4Set-reset (8 pcs) SRGAPC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4Move (8 pcs) MVGAPC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Generic control point(16 pcs)

SPCGAPC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Analog value scaling(4 pcs)

SCA4GAPC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Integer value move(4 pcs)

MVI4GAPC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1, 2, ... = Number of included instances. The instances of a protection function represent the number of identical protection function blocks available in thestandard configuration.() = optional

1) "Uo measured" is always used.2) "Uo calculated" is always used.3) One of the following can be ordered as an option: admittance-based E/F, wattmetric-based E/F or harmonics-based E/F.4) "Io measured" is always used.5) "IoB measured" is always used.6) Master trip is included and connected to the corresponding HSO in the configuration only when the BIO0007 module is used. If additionally

the ARC option is selected, ARCSARC is connected in the configuration to the corresponding master trip input.7) Power quality option includes current total demand distortion, voltage total harmonic distortion, voltage variation and voltage unbalance.8) Available only with IEC 61850-9-29) Available only with COM0031...0037

3.1.1 Addition of control functions for primary devices and the useof binary inputs and outputs

If extra control functions intended for controllable primary devices are added to theconfiguration, additional binary inputs and/or outputs are needed to complement thestandard configuration.

If the number of inputs and/or outputs in a standard configuration is not sufficient, itis possible either to modify the chosen IED standard configuration in order to releasesome binary inputs or binary outputs which have originally been configured for otherpurposes, or to integrate an external input/output module, for example RIO600, to theIED.

The external I/O module’s binary inputs and outputs can be used for the less time-critical binary signals of the application. The integration enables releasing someinitially reserved binary inputs and outputs of the IED’s standard configuration.



The suitability of the IED’s binary outputs which have been selected for primarydevice control should be carefully verified, for example make and carry and breakingcapacity. If the requirements for the primary device control circuit are not met, usingexternal auxiliary relays should be considered.



3.2 Connection diagrams

REF615

X13Light sensor input 1 1)



1) Optional X130 module optional in REF615 conf B2) The IED features an automatic short-circuit mechanism in the CT connector when plug-in unit is detached3) REF615 conf B: BIO0005 module (8BI+4BO) Alternative module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)4) REF615 conf B: BIO0006 module (6BI+3BO) Alternative module RTD0001 (6RTD+2mA)

16

17

1918

X100

67

89

10

111213

15

14

2

1

3

45

22

212324

SO2

TCS2

PO4

SO1

TCS1

PO3

PO2

PO1

IRF

+

-Uaux

20

X13012

3

45

6BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 1

BI 6

BI 58

9

7

X130

12

10

11

15

13

14

18

16

17

SO3

SO2

SO1

1)

4)

L1L2L3

da dn

S1

S2

P1

P2

P2

P1 S1

S2

X110

34

56

7

89

10BI 6

BI 5

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 8

BI 712

13

11

BI 112

X110

16

14

15

19

17

18

22

20

21

SO3

SO2

SO1

23SO4

24

A

N

2)

PositiveCurrentDirection

X120

12

3

4

567

89

1011

1213

14Io

IL1

IL2

BI 3

BI 2

BI 1

Uo

IL3

1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N

60 -

N

210V

3)

3)

4)

1)

A071288 V7 EN

Figure 11: Connection diagram for the A and B configurations [1]

[1] Additional BIO-module (X110 in the diagram) is included in the IED variant B



REF615




16

17

1918

X100

67

8910

111213

15

14

2

1

3

45

22

212324

SO2

TCS2

PO4

SO1

TCS1

PO3

PO2

PO1

IRF

+

-Uaux

20

X13012

3

45

6BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 1

BI 6

BI 58

9

7

X130

12

10

11

15

13

14

18

16

17

SO3

SO2

SO1

1) 4)

1) 4)

L1L2L3

S1

S2

P1

P2

X110

34

56

7

89

10BI 6

BI 5

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 8

BI 712

13

11

BI 112

X110

16

14

15

19

17

18

22

20

21

SO3

SO2

SO1

23SO4

24


2)

1) Optional X130 module optional in REF615 conf D2) The IED features an automatic short-circuit mechanism in the CT connector when plug-in unit is detached3) REF615 conf D: BIO0005 module (8BI+4BO) Alternative module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)4) REF615 conf D: BIO0006 module (6BI+3BO) Alternative module RTD0001 (6RTD+2mA)

X120

12

3

4

567

89

1011

1213

14Io

IL1

IL2

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 1

IL3

1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N

3)

3)

A071290 V6 EN

Figure 12: Connection diagram for the C and D configurations [2]

[2] Additional BIO-module (X110 in the diagram) is included in the IED variant D



GUID-F7601942-ACF2-47E2-8F21-CD9C1D2BC1F0 V4 EN

Figure 13: Connection diagram for the E and F configurations



REF615

16

17

1918

X100

67

89

10

111213

15

14

2

1

3

45

22

212324

SO2

TCS2

PO4

SO1

TCS1

PO3

PO2

PO1

IRF

+

-Uaux

20X110

34

56

7

89

10BI 6

BI 5

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 8

BI 712

13

11

BI 112

X110

16

14

15

19

17

18

22

20

21

SO3

SO2

SO1

23SO4

24

X130

12

X131

45

IL1

78

U1

X132

45

IL2

78

U2

X133

45

IL3

78

U3

Io0,2/1A

N




1) Optional2) BIO0005 Module (8BI+4BO) Alternative Module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)

P2

P1 S1

S2


L1

L2

L3

2)

2)

GUID-B70F0C14-52B2-4213-8781-5A7CA1E40451 V2 EN

Figure 14: Connection diagram for the G and L configurations



GUID-E8E2F79F-3DD8-46BD-8DE7-87A30133A7AE V1 EN

Figure 15: Connection diagram for the H, J and N configurations



REF615




1) Optional2) The IED features an automatic short-circuit mechanism in the CT connector when plug-in unit is detached3) BIO0005 Module (8BI+4BO) Alternative Module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)

16

17

1918

X100

67

89

10

111213

15

14

2

1

3

45

22

212324

SO2

TCS2

PO4

SO1

TCS1

PO3

PO2

PO1

IRF

+

-Uaux

20

L1L2L3

S1

S2

P1

P2

X110

34

56

7

89

10BI 6

BI 5

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 8

BI 712

13

11

BI 112

X110

16

14

15

19

17

18

22

20

21

SO3

SO2

SO1

23SO4

24

2)PositiveCurrentDirection

X120

1

23

45

67

89

1011

1213

14

not in use1/5A

N

not in use

IoB (for HREFPDIF1)

IL1

IL2

IL3

Io

1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N1/5A

N

da dn

a

nN

A

X13012

34

56

BI 4

BI 3

BI 2

BI 1

87

9101112

U12B (for SECRSYN1)

1314

U1

1516

U2

1718

U3

UoN

N

N

N

60 -

N

210V

60 -210V

60 -210V

60 -210V

60 -210V

3)

3)

S1

S2

P1

P2

S1

S2

P1

P2

GUID-4288C45E-C7C8-4FB9-8821-85C58BB25D32 V2 EN

Figure 16: Connection diagram for the K configuration



3.3 Standard configuration A

3.3.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications inisolated and resonant-earthed distribution networks. The configuration also includesadditional options for selecting earth-fault protection based on admittance orwattmetric-based principles.

The IED with a standard configuration is delivered from the factory with defaultsettings and parameters. The end user flexibility for incoming, outgoing and internalsignal designation within the IED enables this configuration to be further adapted todifferent primary circuit layouts and the related functionality needs by modifying theinternal functionality using PCM600.



3.3.2 Functions

CONDITION MONITORING AND SUPERVISION

ORAND

CONTROL AND INDICATION 1) MEASUREMENT

FEEDER PROTECTION AND CONTROL RELAY STANDARD CONFIGURATION

PROTECTION LOCAL HMI

Object Ctrl 2) Ind 3)

CB

DC

ES1) Check availability of binary inputs/outputs

from technical documentation2) Control and indication function for

primary object3) Status indication function for primary object

RL

ClearESCI

O

Configuration ASystemHMITimeAuthorization

RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances

Alternative function to be defined when ordering

OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

COMMUNICATION

Protocols: IEC 61850-8-1 Modbus®

IEC 60870-5-103 DNP3Interfaces: Ethernet: TX (RJ45), FX (LC) Serial: Serial glass fiber (ST), RS-485, RS-232Redundant protocols: HSR PRP RSTP

REF615

1 -

- -

- -

- I, Io, Uo- Limit value supervision- Symmetrical components

4

1

Analog interface types 1)

Current transformer

Voltage transformer1) Conventional transformer inputs

ALSO AVAILABLE

- Disturbance and fault recorders- Event log and recorded data- Local/Remote push button on LHMI- Self-supervision- Time synchronization: IEEE 1588 v2,

SNTP, IRIG-B- User management- Web HMI

2×TCSTCM

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL

2×Master Trip

Lockout relay94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Uo>59G

Io>>51N-2

3I>51P-1

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

OR

2×3I>>

51P-2

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

Uo

Uo

Io

Io

3×

A

SOTFSOTF

GUID-030C217F-7B91-4739-9DAE-90D1E053EB53 V2 EN

Figure 17: Functionality overview for standard configuration A

3.3.2.1 Default I/O connections

Connector pins for each input and output are presented in the IED physicalconnections section.

Table 11: Default connections for binary inputs

Binary input DescriptionX120-BI1 Blocking of overcurrent instantaneous stage

X120-BI2 Circuit breaker closed position indication

X120-BI3 Circuit breaker open position indication



Table 12: Default connections for binary outputs

Binary output DescriptionX100-PO1 Close circuit breaker

X100-PO2 Circuit breaker failure protection trip to upstream breaker

X100-PO3 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 1


X100-SO1 General start indication

X100-SO2 General operate indication

Table 13: Default connections for LEDs

LED Description1 Non-directional overcurrent operate

2 Directional or intermittent earth-fault operate

3 Double (cross country) earth-fault or residual overvoltage operate

4 Negative sequence overcurrent or phase discontinuity operate

5 Thermal overload alarm

6 Breaker failure operate

7 Disturbance recorder triggered

8 -

9 Trip circuit supervision alarm

10 Arc protection operate

11 Autoreclose in progress

3.3.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 14: Default disturbance recorder analog channels

Channel Description1 IL1

2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 -

7 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -



Table 15: Default disturbance recorder binary channels

Channel ID text Level trigger mode1 PHLPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising

2 PHHPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising


4 PHIPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising

5 NSPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising


7 DEFLPDEF1 - start Positive or Rising

EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start

9 EFPADM3 - start Positive or Rising

WPWDE3 - start

10 INTRPTEF1 - start Positive or Rising

11 EFHPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising

12 PDNSPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising

13 T1PTTR1 - start Positive or Rising

14 ROVPTOV1 - start Positive or Rising



17 CCBRBRF1 - trret Level trigger off

18 CCBRBRF1 - trbu Level trigger off

19 PHIPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate

20 NSPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

NSPTOC2 - operate

21 DEFHPDEF1 - operate Level trigger off

DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1- operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate




Channel ID text Level trigger mode22 INTRPTEF1 - operate Level trigger off

23 EFHPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

24 PDNSPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

25 INRPHAR1 - blk2h Level trigger off

26 T1PTTR1 - operate Level trigger off

27 ROVPTOV1 - operate Level trigger off

ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

28 ARCSARC1 - ARC flt det Level trigger off

ARCSARC2 - ARC flt det


29 ARCSARC1 - operate Positive or Rising



32 DARREC1 - inpro Level trigger off

33 DARREC1 - close CB Level trigger off

34 DARREC1 - unsuc recl Level trigger off

35 X120BI1 - ext OC blocking Level trigger off

36 X120BI2 - CB closed Level trigger off

37 X120BI3 - CB opened Level trigger off

3.3.3 Functional diagrams

The functional diagrams describe the default input, output, alarm LED and function-to-function connections. The default connections can be viewed and changed withPCM600 according to the application requirements.

The analog channels have fixed connections to the different function blocks inside theIED’s standard configuration. However, the 12 analog channels available for thedisturbance recorder function are freely selectable as a part of the disturbancerecorder’s parameter settings.

The phase currents to the IED are fed from a current transformer. The residual currentto the IED is fed from either residually connected CTs, an external core balance CT,neutral CT or internally calculated.

The residual voltage to the IED is fed from either the residually connected VTs or anopen delta connected VT.

The IED offers six different settings groups which can be set based on individualneeds. Each group can be activated or deactivated using the setting group settingsavailable in the IED.



Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to beinstantiated in the configuration.

3.3.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

The functional diagrams describe the IEDs protection functionality in detail andaccording to the factory set default connections.

Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Thenon-directional instantaneous stage PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizing thebinary input X120:BI1.

PHIPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART

PHLPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART

PHHPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START

PHIPTOC1_STARTX120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-55B40D0D-C4B2-4997-B3D0-934CCCFF1FB7 V1 EN

Figure 18: Overcurrent protection functions

The output INRPHAR1_BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1 enableseither blocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the availableovercurrent or earth-fault function blocks.

INRPHAR1BLOCK BLK2H INRPHAR1_BLK2H

GUID-3C6557BC-1843-4A95-9562-799D95B9CD3A V1 EN

Figure 19: Inrush detector function



Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect thefeeder against phase unbalance.

NSPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-276B1260-5C99-44E4-97BA-AFBB50464E46 V1 EN

Figure 20: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection function

Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method is based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or used alternatively togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE. In addition, there is a dedicated protection stageINTRPTEF either for transient-based earth-fault protection or for cable intermittentearth-fault protection in compensated networks.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEF_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2BLOCKENA_MULTRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1BLOCKENA_MULTRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFLPDEF1_START

GUID-3499F814-CAB8-4310-9428-D3B72A9BEAF3 V1 EN

Figure 21: Directional earth-fault protection functions

INTRPTEF1BLOCK OPERATE

STARTBLK_EF

INTRPTEF1_OPERATEINTRPTEF1_START

GUID-99B9BCD7-90A1-4259-A475-8DFCA244F32C V1 EN

Figure 22: Transient or intermittent earth-fault protection functions



WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-2EE794AD-2D14-49C7-AD33-89F75627AEA1 V1 EN

Figure 23: Wattmetric protection function

EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-AE7BA7DD-60E7-4D48-8F98-2605BEB424FA V1 EN

Figure 24: Admittance-based earth-fault protection function



Non-directional (cross-country) earth-fault protection, using calculated Io,EFHPTOC1 protects against double earth-fault situations in isolated or compensatednetworks. This protection function uses the calculated residual current originatingfrom the phase currents.

EFHPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART

EFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_START

GUID-1B0EE37E-F8D6-45E3-9648-7495EF4360D3 V1 EN

Figure 25: Non-directional earth-fault protection

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects for interruptions in the normalthree-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations.

PDNSPTOC1BLOCK OPERATE

STARTPDNSPTOC1_OPERATEPDNSPTOC1_START

GUID-9EC84EEF-5799-4170-8826-85082502D144 V1 EN

Figure 26: Phase discontinuity protection

Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformersT1PTTR1 detects overloads under varying load conditions.

T1PTTR1BLK_OPRENA_MULTTEMP_AMB

OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE

T1PTTR1_STARTT1PTTR1_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-4DD81601-4C74-4305-A280-EB0DD2A7D958 V1 EN

Figure 27: Thermal overcurrent protection function

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 is initiated via the START input bynumber of different protection functions available in the IED. The breaker failureprotection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuitbreaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.

The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET andTRBU. The TRRET operate output is used for retripping its own breaker throughTRPPTRC2_TRIP. The TRBU output is used to give a backup trip to the breakerfeeding upstream. For this purpose, the TRBU operate output signal is connected to thebinary output X100:PO2.



CCBRBRF1BLOCKSTARTPOSCLOSECB_FAULT

CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC2_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-434D2001-0D44-45D6-863F-DD1663FCE6C0 V1 EN

Figure 28: Circuit breaker failure protection function

Three arc protection ARCSARC1...3 stages are included as an optional function. Thearc protection offers individual function blocks for three arc sensors that can beconnected to the IED. Each arc protection function block has two different operationmodes, that is, with or without the phase and residual current check.

The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2.

ARCSARC1BLOCKREM_FLT_ARCOPR_MODE

OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_ARC_FLT_DET



ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-7D19A436-343A-4D66-8797-546433CBF256 V1 EN

Figure 29: Arc protection



The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by operate signalsfrom a number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. It is possible tocreate individual autoreclose sequences for each input.

The autoreclosing function can be inhibited with the INHIBIT_RECL input. Bydefault, few selected protection function operations are connected to this input. Acontrol command to the circuit breaker, either local or remote, also blocks theautoreclosing function via the CBXCBR1_SELECTED signal.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. This signal is not connected in the configuration.The open command from the autorecloser is connected directly to binary outputX100:PO3, whereas the close command is connected directly to binary outputX100:PO1.

Set the parameters for DARREC1 properly.

Check the initialization signals of DARREC1.

DARREC1INIT_1INIT_2INIT_3INIT_4INIT_5INIT_6DEL_INIT_2DEL_INIT_3DEL_INIT_4BLK_RECL_TBLK_RCLM_TBLK_THERMCB_POSCB_READYINC_SHOTPINHIBIT_RECLRECL_ONSYNC

OPEN_CBCLOSE_CBCMD_WAIT

INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

DARREC1_OPEN_CBDARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATEARCSARC2_OPERATEARCSARC3_OPERATE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-4F81507A-B5DF-4FCD-A5F4-B51E9E683345 V1 EN

Figure 30: Autoreclosing function



Residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV1 provides earth-fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. This can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.

ROVPTOV1BLOCK OPERATE

START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-57D2326C-BF0D-4A76-B414-828A0FAFE035 V1 EN

Figure 31: Residual voltage protection function

General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timerTPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

GENERAL_START_PULSEGENERAL_OPERATE_PULSE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATEROVPTOV1_OPERATEROVPTOV2_OPERATEROVPTOV3_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_START

INTRPTEF1_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_STARTROVPTOV1_STARTROVPTOV2_STARTROVPTOV3_START

DEFHPDEF1_STARTDEFLPDEF2_STARTDEFLPDEF1_START

GUID-5473CE1D-D794-485C-B2E2-D4F702603427 V1 EN

Figure 32: General start and operate signals

The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions are available atbinary outputs X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. Both the trip logic functions are providedwith lockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal durationsetting. If the lockout operation mode is selected, binary input has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...4 are also available if the IED is ordered withhigh speed binary outputs options.



TRPPTRC1BLOCKOPERATERST_LKOUT

TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TRPPTRC1_TRIPPHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHLPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATEEFPADM2_OPERATEEFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATEWPWDE2_OPERATEWPWDE3_OPERATE


GUID-74DA3CAA-F877-4C2E-9390-F444EA6B5F6C V1 EN

Figure 33: Trip logic TRPPTRC1



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-AF276C39-F671-459C-9472-7243985B578A V1 EN


3.3.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

The START and OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to trigger thedisturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbance recorderdepending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals from differentfunctions and the few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbance recorder.



RDRE1C1C2C3C4C5C6C7C8C9C10C11C12C13C14C15C16C17C18C19C20C21C22C23C24C25C26C27C28C29C30C31C32C33C34C35C36C37C38C39C40C41C42C43C44C45C46C47C48C49C50C51C52C53C54C55C56C57C58C59C60C61C62C63C64

TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI3_CB_OPENEDX120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATEROVPTOV2_OPERATEROVPTOV3_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET



PDNSPTOC1_START

ROVPTOV1_STARTROVPTOV2_STARTROVPTOV3_START

DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFLPDEF1_START

X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING

WPWDE1_STARTEFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

T1PTTR1_START

INRPHAR1_BLK2HT1PTTR1_OPERATE

DARREC1_INPRO

ARCSARC1_ARC_FLT_DETARCSARC2_ARC_FLT_DETARCSARC3_ARC_FLT_DET

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED

GUID-00B89248-0B1C-4F2C-AC6B-8680D0CBB382 V1 EN

Figure 35: Disturbance recorder

3.3.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. Both the functionsare blocked by the master mrip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breakeropen signal.

It is assumed that there is no external resistor in the circuit breakertripping coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breakernormally open auxiliary contact.



TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-F6281256-8B8D-41D9-AD19-014D604AFCEC V1 EN

Figure 36: Trip circuit supervision function

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

TRPPTRC1_TRIP TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

GUID-F0B3AFC4-7D62-49A3-BF0D-AD03041EA78D V1 EN

Figure 37: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision

3.3.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated using the configuration logic, which is based on the status of thetrip logics. However, other signals can be connected based on the application needs.

The SYNC_ITL_BYP input can be used, for example, to always enable the closing ofthe circuit breaker when the circuit breaker truck is in the test position.SYNC_ITL_BYP overrides, for example, active interlocking conditions when thecircuit breaker truck is closed in service position.

CBXCBR1POSOPENPOSCLOSEENA_OPENENA_CLOSEBLK_OPENBLK_CLOSEAU_OPENAU_CLOSETRIPSYNC_OKSYNC_ITL_BYP

SELECTEDEXE_OPEXE_CL

OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE


CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSECBXCBR1_EXE_CLCBXCBR1_EXE_OP

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_OPENCBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-FD60A0AB-713C-461F-BB52-7195A5AD23DA V2 EN

Figure 38: Circuit breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1



ORB1B2

O CB_CLOSE_COMMANDCBXCBR1_EXE_CLDARREC1_CLOSE_CB

GUID-186FE757-E2ED-483B-A0F9-7CF97278BC0C V1 EN

Figure 39: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the closing coil of circuitbreaker 1

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CB_OPEN_COMMANDTRPPTRC1_TRIPCBXCBR1_EXE_OP

DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-F8B92F5F-5A07-491D-8376-9167A9D69DC1 V1 EN

Figure 40: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the opening coil of circuitbreaker 1

ANDB1B2

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUTTRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP

GUID-5BAFB13B-C726-4F27-B8BE-7A6145CDB1A5 V1 EN

Figure 41: Circuit breaker close enable logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closingand opening command with the IED in local or remote mode.

Check the logic for the external circuit breaker closing command andmodify it according to the application.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-8657C398-3CE6-4770-A3B3-240AFA9FD791 V1 EN

Figure 42: External closing command for circuit breaker

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-F1457C35-6938-41D7-A3FA-71EECB4E7064 V1 EN

Figure 43: External opening command for circuit breaker



3.3.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The current input is connected to the X120 card inthe back panel. Similarly, the sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 measures thesequence current and the residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 measures theresidual current.

The residual voltage input is connected to the X120 card in the back panel and ismeasured by the residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1.

The measurements can be seen from the LHMI and they are available under themeasurement option in the menu selection. Based on the settings, function blocks cangenerate low alarm or warning and high alarm or warning signals for the measuredcurrent values.

CMMXU1BLOCK HIGH_ALARM

HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-C4DBF3EA-C264-4F60-941B-FAFDADD11315 V1 EN

Figure 44: Current measurement: Three phase current measurement

CSMSQI1

GUID-57A365D0-D629-4DDC-9268-D5D427C6F5A8 V1 EN

Figure 45: Current measurement: Sequence current measurements

RESCMMXU1BLOCK HIGH_ALARM

HIGH_WARN

GUID-D962598F-BE1F-42E2-AE3D-A20F1F87B01B V1 EN

Figure 46: Current measurement: Residual current measurements

RESVMMXU1BLOCK HIGH_ALARM

HIGH_WARN

GUID-F5BC01C6-A8C3-4AA7-A54F-C68DDE881775 V1 EN

Figure 47: Voltage measurement: Residual voltage measurements

FLTRFRC1BLOCKCB_CLRD

GUID-14B7A3F2-9DF7-45AE-A63B-298C6F26C616 V2 EN

Figure 48: Other measurement: Data monitoring



3.3.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED


X120 (AIM).X120-Input 1


X120 (AIM).X120-Input 3GUID-1CC3270B-3A49-43C1-8C2F-0DFAF37FAD58 V1 EN

Figure 49: Default binary inputs - X120

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

GENERAL_START_PULSE

GENERAL_OPERATE_PULSE

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-B78100E6-F29B-4F6D-9035-56BA646E64FC V1 EN

Figure 50: Default binary outputs - X100



LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

DEF_OPERATEEFPADM_OPERATEWPWDE_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-E32FB298-A762-4D91-9134-2AD11BA1B12F V1 EN



LED10OKALARMRESET

ARCSARC_OPERATE

LED9OKALARMRESET

TCSSCBR_ALARM

LED7OKALARMRESET


LED11OKALARMRESET

DARREC1_INPRO

LED6OKALARMRESET

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GUID-781E66E9-CE48-4DA6-8159-86BED9295D7C V1 EN

Figure 51: Default LED connection

3.3.3.7 Other functions

The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection functionMAPGAPC, runtime counter for machines and devices MDSOPT and different typesof timer functions. These functions are not included in application configuration butthey can be added based on the system requirements.

3.4 Standard configuration B

3.4.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications inisolated and resonant-earthed distribution networks. The configuration also includesadditional options for selecting earth-fault protection based on admittance, wattmetricor harmonic-based principles.

The IED with a standard configuration is delivered from the factory with defaultsettings and parameters. The end user flexibility for incoming, outgoing and internal



signal designation within the IED enables this configuration to be further adapted todifferent primary circuit layouts and the related functionality needs by modifying theinternal functionality using PCM600.

3.4.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

COMMUNICATION



REF615

1 -

2 3

1 2

B

- I, Io, Uo- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- RTD/mA measurement (optional)- Symmetrical components

4

1


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE

- Disturbance and fault recorders- Event log and recorded data- High-Speed Output module (optional)- Local/Remote push button on LHMI- Self-supervision- Time synchronization: IEEE 1588 v2,


2×TCSTCM

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL

Master TripLockout relay

94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Uo>59G

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

3I>51P-1

2×3I>>

51P-2

CBCMCBCM

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

Io>HA51NHA

OR OR

OPTSOPTM

PHIZHIZ

18×MAPMAP

6xRTD2xmA

Io>>51N-2

Uo

Io

Uo

3I

Io

3×

SOTFSOTF


94/86

3×2×

GUID-5E9640AA-129C-42CB-9E29-5480A9656B10 V2 EN

Figure 52: Functionality overview for standard configuration B






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI2 Directional earth-fault protection's basic angle control

X110-BI3 Circuit breaker low gas pressure indication

X110-BI4 Circuit breaker spring charged indication

X110-BI5 Circuit breaker truck in (service position) indication

X110-BI6 Circuit breaker truck out (test position) indication

X110-BI7 Earthing switch closed indication

X110-BI8 Earthing switch open indication

X120-BI1 Blocking of overcurrent instantaneous stage

X120-BI2 Circuit breaker closed indication

X120-BI3 Circuit breaker open indication








X110-SO1 Upstream overcurrent blocking

X110-SO2 Overcurrent operate alarm

X110-SO3 Earth-fault operate alarm

X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 1 operate activated





2 Directional/intermittent earth-fault operate

3 Double (cross country) earth-fault or residual overvoltage operate





8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring alarm




LED Description9 Trip circuit supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 -

7 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -









EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start


WPWDE3 - start





Channel ID text Level trigger mode11 EFHPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising









PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1 - operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate

22 INTRPTEF1 - operate Level trigger off






ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate












Channel ID text Level trigger mode34 DARREC1 - unsuc recl Level trigger off








The residual voltage to the IED is fed from either the residually connected VTs or anopen delta connected VT.





Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection.Three-phase non-directional overcurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1can be blocked by energizing the binary input X120:BI1.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-421CC220-9CDA-4862-A705-52A7C7E39DF0 V1 EN


The upstream blocking from the start of the second high stage of three-phase non-directional overcurrent protection PHHPTOC2 is connected to the binary outputX110:SO1. This output can be used for sending a blocking signal to the relevantovercurrent protection stage of the IED at the infeeding bay.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKINGPHHPTOC2_START

GUID-2A6B241E-751B-4FA1-8D4C-93B5470ADE90 V1 EN

Figure 54: Upstream blocking logic

The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1 enables either blockingthe function or multiplying the active settings for any of the available overcurrent orearth-fault function blocks.




GUID-ED765A4F-9F2B-4546-BE25-269CBABC0F9D V1 EN




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-825A5CAA-9EEF-433A-9977-D52FF37CBFFC V1 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE or harmonics-based earth-fault protection HAEFPTOC1. Inaddition, there is a dedicated protection stage INTRPTEF either for transient-basedearth-fault protection or for cable intermittent earth-fault protection in compensatednetworks.

The binary input X110:BI2 is used for controlling directional earth-fault protectionblock's relay characteristic angle (RCA: 0°, -90°) or operation mode (IoSinφ,IoCosφ) change. The same input is also available for wattmetric protection.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START

X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

GUID-27CCBD30-6092-47C7-B753-18A7413E4B77 V1 EN



STARTBLK_EF


GUID-8D6E91C3-C468-487F-8CBA-C02AABCB7B1F V1 EN

Figure 58: Transient or intermittent earth-fault protection functions



WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-A26E1E55-4059-462C-942F-F508E4653100 V1 EN


EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-47970D0E-B770-43BE-8848-2B156E31D274 V1 EN




A dedicated non-directional earth-fault protection block EFHPTOC protects fromdouble earth-fault situations in isolated or compensated networks. The protectionfunction uses the calculated residual current originating from the phase currents.


OPERATESTART


GUID-F3F7FE78-72D3-4491-AF23-BA53F8ED35D7 V1 EN


Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects from interruptions in thenormal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations.



GUID-1B82152F-2E3C-4894-8E9C-8148BE01D12C V1 EN




OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE


T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-EBDA9A91-9075-4D0F-8B3F-E3035732C9B1 V1 EN



The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET andTRBU. The TRRET operate output is used for retripping its own breaker throughTRPPTRC2_TRIP. The output TRBU gives a backup trip to the breaker feedingupstream. For this purpose, the TRBU operate output signal is connected to the binaryoutput X100:PO2.


CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED


EFPADM2_OPERATEEFPADM3_OPERATE


WPWDE2_OPERATEWPWDE3_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-3CC55117-F6EF-4ABF-BF0E-FFC78F84833A V1 EN





The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1..3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The outputs of TRPPTRC3...5 are available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2, and X110:HSO3 respectively.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-D5676839-45F1-40BB-A553-E3C4A0A1E1A0 V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

GUID-706BD2A2-4F97-4CFD-B3D7-CAE40BFBB820 V1 EN

Figure 65: Arc protection with dedicated HSO


The autoreclosing function can be inhibited with the INHIBIT_RECL input. Bydefault, few selected protection function operations are connected to this input. Acontrol command to the circuit breaker, either local or remote, also blocks theautoreclosing function via the CBXCBR-SELECTED signal.



The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to the binary output X100:PO3, whereas theclose command is connected directly to the binary output X100:PO1.



INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

DARREC1_CLOSE_CBDARREC1_OPEN_CB

X110_BI3_GAS_PRESSURE_ALARM

X110_BI4_CB_SPRING_CHARGED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-14FC7626-21FE-4F3C-8DCA-36561847D355 V1 EN


The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth-fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. This can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.




START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-23A63895-A476-4096-BD6D-D0CE711EEC5D V1 EN


General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimumpulse timer TPGAPC for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The outputfrom TPGAPC is connected to binary outputs.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE







EFPADM1_STARTEFPADM2_STARTEFPADM3_START

WPWDE1_STARTWPWDE2_STARTWPWDE3_START

GUID-13C6E104-D2D6-49B6-A86D-16208A842F59 V2 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two triplogics TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions isavailable at binary output X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions areprovided with a lockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signalduration setting. If the lockout operation mode is selected, the binary input has been



assigned to RST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with apush button. Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...4 are also available if the IED isordered with high speed binary outputs options.


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



GUID-AF22589C-B208-45F8-ADB9-D925C183367A V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-1D960595-DAB7-44B3-8D6A-36CB54AAFCB6 V1 EN



The START and OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to trigger thedisturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbance recorder



depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals from differentfunctions and few binary inputs are also connected.


TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSEDX120_BI3_CB_OPENED

DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET



PDNSPTOC1_START


DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFLPDEF1_START

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START


T1PTTR1_START


DARREC1_INPRO


DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-9490DCA4-54F2-4490-990B-F9CB5419CACD V2 EN



Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1 supervises the switch status based onthe connected binary input information and the measured current levels. SSCBR1introduces various supervision methods.

Set the parameters for SSCBR1 properly.

SSCBR1BLOCKPOSOPENPOSCLOSEOPEN_CB_EXECLOSE_CB_EXEPRES_ALM_INPRES_LO_INSPR_CHR_STSPR_CHRRST_IPOWRST_CB_WEARRST_TRV_TRST_SPR_T

TRV_T_OP_ALMTRV_T_CL_ALMSPR_CHR_ALM

OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO

OPENPOSINVALIDPOSCLOSEPOS

CB_CLOSE_COMMANDCB_OPEN_COMMAND



X110_BI4_CB_SPRING_CHARGEDCB_SPRING_DISCHARGED

SSCBR1_TRV_T_OP_ALMSSCBR1_TRV_T_CL_ALMSSCBR1_SPR_CHR_ALMSSCBR1_OPR_ALMSSCBR1_OPR_LOSSCBR1_IPOW_ALMSSCBR1_IPOW_LOSSCBR1_CB_LIFE_ALMSSCBR1_MON_ALMSSCBR1_PRES_ALMSSCBR1_PRES_LO

GUID-D287CC35-A7E0-4780-BA09-377C8406B828 V1 EN

Figure 72: Circuit-breaker condition monitoring function



ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

SSCBR1_TRV_T_OP_ALMSSCBR1_TRV_T_CL_ALMSSCBR1_SPR_CHR_ALM

SSCBR1_OPR_ALMSSCBR1_OPR_LO

SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM

SSCBR1_IPOW_LOSSCBR1_CB_LIFE_ALM

SSCBR1_MON_ALMSSCBR1_PRES_ALM

SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-ED84A0BD-A150-4BBA-8A82-8AC4B3CAE673 V1 EN

Figure 73: Logic for circuit breaker monitoring alarm

NOTIN OUTX110_BI4_CB_SPRING_CHARGED CB_SPRING_DISCHARGED

GUID-7B9FF17E-827E-40A4-B1D2-F13E236D0381 V1 EN

Figure 74: Logic for start of circuit breaker spring charging

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included, TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. Both the functionsare blocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breakeropen signal.




TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-0B65C9FD-DEB8-4895-82A8-725A1A3E7896 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-22D4A3A4-01E4-4EDD-A9A9-FB31F956B9A2 V1 EN

Figure 76: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision function


Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type, and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected instandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information are connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1 respectively.

DCSXSWI1POSOPENPOSCLOSE

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS DCSXSWI1_OKPOS

X110_BI6_CB_TRUCK_IN_TESTX110_BI5_CB_TRUCK_IN_SERVICE

GUID-04F8826B-9EF7-4249-8BD9-9FA85114918C V1 EN

Figure 77: Disconnector control logic

ESSXSWI1POSOPENPOSCLOSE

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS

ESSXSWI1_OPENPOSX110_BI8_ES1_OPENEDX110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED

GUID-201FDE00-C859-42C2-B27A-15555AF717DB V1 EN

Figure 78: Earthing switch control logic

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of the



disconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines whether the disconnector or breakertruck is either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This output,together with the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enable signal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operation forcircuit breaker is always enabled.




OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



FALSE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-54C9EDF5-8EE3-4C65-85A8-D098A2EC7326 V2 EN

Figure 79: Circuit-breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1

Connect the additional signals required for the application for closingand opening of circuit breaker.

ORB1B2


GUID-CBE9421A-1896-448B-903A-86C63FAC47E9 V1 EN

Figure 80: Circuit-breaker control logic: Signals for closing coil of circuit breaker

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CB_OPEN_COMMANDCBXCBR1_EXE_OPTRPPTRC1_TRIP

DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-E3C59277-527E-48D1-9815-0E1416827C6F V1 EN

Figure 81: Circuit-breaker control logic: Signals for opening coil of circuitbreaker



NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT


CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSETRPPTRC1_TRIP


DCSXSWI1_OKPOSESSXSWI1_OPENPOS


GUID-3C981DB3-EFC0-490C-AE96-2C5B16CC7E00 V1 EN


The configuration includes logic for generating circuit breaker external closing andopening command with the IED in local or remote mode.


Connect additional signals for opening and closing of circuit breakerin local or remote mode, if applicable for the configuration.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-73713DC3-F7C8-4821-AF9D-2A7568AFE963 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-5BED9700-F389-4A3E-AE41-6854954D5819 V1 EN



The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The current input is connected to the X120 card inthe back panel. Similarly, sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 measures thesequence current and the residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 measures theresidual current.



The residual voltage input is connected to the X120 card in the back panel and ismeasured by the residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1. The measurementscan be seen from the LHMI and they are available under the measurement option inthe menu selection. Based on the settings, function blocks can generate low alarm orwarning and high alarm or warning signals for the measured current values.

Load profile record LDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1gives the ability to observe the loading history of the corresponding feeder.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-CE8A28FF-D46E-4C19-9ED9-B9EF3AF4D941 V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-55E03474-FC5C-4A69-8018-2E80D64228FE V1 EN

Figure 86: Current measurement: Sequence current measurements


HIGH_WARN

GUID-D547C128-B4B7-42B0-AA05-2565E19D2EFD V1 EN

Figure 87: Current measurement: Residual current measurements


HIGH_WARN

GUID-C392DC8A-6AD6-4335-87C5-CD2F97C69988 V1 EN

Figure 88: Voltage measurement: Residual voltage measurements


GUID-32299E4B-6A50-4AD3-AB96-7D15F87A31F1 V2 EN


LDPRLRC1RSTMEM MEM_WARN

MEM_ALARM

GUID-B8E2FD33-E4FE-4511-ACCC-1F4848493010 V2 EN

Figure 90: Other measurement: Load profile record




ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O



X110_BI6_CB_TRUCK_IN_TEST

X110_BI5_CB_TRUCK_IN_SERVICE

X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED


X110 (BIO-H).X110-Input 3


X110 (BIO).X110-Input 4












GUID-C68E8E24-23B4-414D-8D6A-57C0D7A11076 V2 EN

Figure 91: Binary inputs - X110 terminal block

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED




X120 (AIM).X120-Input 3GUID-6AC6985E-3FD7-4283-9184-BD35FED04EC7 V1 EN




UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO1


X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO3GUID-3A0C4EDB-878A-4282-86B2-894775BBEEE5 V2 EN


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

GENERAL_START_PULSE


X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-C51C47D5-DD89-4F9E-8B91-9A8794033464 V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

DEF_OPERATEEFPADM_OPERATEWPWDE_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-CD2C4F23-C15B-4A9A-8DB8-A7B862A221D7 V1 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

DARREC1_INPRO


TCSSCBR_ALARM

SSCBR1_ALARMS

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-5545434B-1C8A-45A3-992C-567617DAE58A V1 EN


3.4.3.7 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

The configuration also includes the overcurrent operate and earth-fault operate logic.The operate logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC2 for settingthe minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC2 is connected tobinary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OC_OPERATE_PULSEEF_OPERATE_PULSE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATEEFPADM_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATEWPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-A32D6C19-6658-4040-9976-BB21D936A346 V1 EN

Figure 96: Timer logic for overcurrent and earth-fault operate pulse




The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection functionMAPGAPC, high-impedance fault detection function PHIZ, runtime counter formachines and devices MDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions.These functions are not included in application configuration but they can be addedbased on the system requirements.

3.5 Standard configuration C

3.5.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and non-directional earth-fault protection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications indirectly or resistance-earthed distribution networks.




3.5.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

COMMUNICATION



REF615

1 -

- -

- -

C

- I, Io- Limit value supervision- Symmetrical components

4

-


Current transformer


2×TCSTCM

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL

2×Master Trip

Lockout relay94/86

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

3I>51P-1

2×3I>>

51P-2

Io>>51N-2

Io>>>50N/51N

2×Io>

51N-1

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

3I

Io

3×

ALSO AVAILABLE

- Disturbance and fault recorders- Event log and recorded data- Local/Remote push button on LHMI- Self-supervision- Time synchronization: IEEE 1588 v2,


SOTFSOTF

GUID-5404DAD5-4FE4-4E91-8A18-31CC0812A09C V2 EN

Figure 97: Functionality overview for standard configuration C






Binary input DescriptionX120-BI1 Blocking of overcurrent instantaneous stage



X120-BI4 Reset of master trip lockout










2 Non-directional earth-fault operate

3 Sensitive earth-fault operate





8 -

9 Trip circuit supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io




Channel Description5 -

6 -

7 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -








7 EFLPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising


9 EFIPTOC1 - start Positive or Rising


11 - -






PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate

18 EFLPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

EFHPTOC1 - operate

EFIPTOC1 - operate

19 - Level trigger off






Channel ID text Level trigger mode22 INRPHAR1 - blk2h Level trigger off






















Four non-directional overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuitprotection. Three-phase non-directional overcurrent protection, instantaneous stage,PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizing the binary input X120:BI1.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-FED7D122-DE13-4004-8273-906D289F7EBA V1 EN


The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1 enables eitherblocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the availableovercurrent or earth-fault function blocks.


GUID-D54BF44E-9EBD-4C83-ABDD-49BB5BB6373E V1 EN






OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-A0E1F246-E42C-4732-B0DE-BDC3F4A16CDC V1 EN

Figure 100: Negative sequence overcurrent protection function

Four stages are provided for non-directional earth-fault protection. One stage isdedicated to sensitive earth-fault protection EFLPTOC2.


OPERATESTART

EFLPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART

EFIPTOC1BLOCKENA_MULT

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

EFHPTOC1_START

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-2540474C-37D6-4706-A740-2D0334DA26C2 V1 EN

Figure 101: Earth-fault protection functions


OPERATESTART

EFLPTOC2_OPERATEEFLPTOC2_START

GUID-D4A930C6-E4C8-41DA-BF3D-07E908AC1FCD V1 EN

Figure 102: Sensitive earth-fault protection function






GUID-72DBEEFC-1AD7-4930-A949-A340CF2767AA V1 EN




OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE


T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-59CDFFD0-91B8-4746-B478-32FC628A357D V1 EN





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC2_OPERATEEFLPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFIPTOC1_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-6AB0BAF9-2B09-46D6-94DB-EBF6EF3F113A V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-2E27AA26-07BE-410A-9BB4-FDF62B54D644 V1 EN

Figure 106: Arc protection


The autoreclosing function can be inhibited with the INHIBIT_RECL input. Bydefault, few selected protection function operations are connected to this input. Acontrol command to the circuit breaker, either local or remote, also blocks theautoreclosing function via the CBXCBR1-SELECTED signal.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. This signal is not connected in the configuration.The open command from the autorecloser is directly connected to binary outputX100:PO3, whereas close command is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.


Check the initialization signals of the DARREC1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-4DA43380-6D91-47AE-BB5C-56BCE03BEA4B V1 EN

Figure 107: Autoreclosing

General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timerTPGAPC for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC is connected to the binary outputs.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

GENERAL_STARTGENERAL_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



EFLPTOC1_STARTEFLPTOC2_STARTEFIPTOC1_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_START

GUID-ED986761-5FC9-4F1B-8D27-8B3AF824133F V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions is available atbinary output X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions are provided withlockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting. Ifthe lockout operation mode is selected, the binary input X120:BI4 has been assignedto RST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.




TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFIPTOC1_OPERATEEFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT


GUID-EF986953-A224-44E3-974B-6AD5E269FB2B V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATEEFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-0E184AB6-326B-4311-8022-CE8733342975 V1 EN



The START and the OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to triggerthe disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbancerecorder depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals fromdifferent functions and few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbancerecorder.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATEPDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_STARTEFLPTOC1_START

EFLPTOC2_STARTEFIPTOC1_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_START


T1PTTR1_START



DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-8F5ACED1-E0E7-46A6-A35B-FCA6B69D5722 V2 EN



Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. Both functions areblocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breaker opensignal.


Set the parameters for TCSSCBR1 properly.



TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-74BD5A42-E773-4714-9EDF-97F22B96687A V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-1D7B03CB-17B8-4B99-AAE9-9825BC9B0322 V1 EN

Figure 113: Logic for trip circuit supervision function


The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated using the configuration logic, which is based on the status of thetrip logics. However, other signals can be connected based on the application needs.


Any additional signals required by the application can be connectedfor opening and closing of circuit breaker.





OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



FALSE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-8C73B177-754E-4AD7-9897-C78E6D2C02ED V2 EN


ORB1B2


GUID-8409FB29-60F4-418E-9E13-DE218B4FB87B V1 EN

Figure 115: Circuit breaker control logic: Signal for closing of circuit breaker 1

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-DEB21767-B0D9-4A3B-8601-8C108AE0B706 V1 EN

Figure 116: Circuit breaker control logic: Signal for opening of circuit breaker 1

ANDB1B2

O

NOTIN OUT


CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP

GUID-860F40F5-18B2-48E3-B38F-7225A5F04449 V1 EN




Connect any additional signal applicable for the configuration forclosing and opening of circuit breaker in local or remote mode.



ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-D25A5AD0-E5BF-476A-B844-9701D5EC44E7 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-DEFD10CB-6772-4DE5-952C-887F4E0CCFF2 V1 EN



The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The current input is connected to the X120 card inthe back panel. Similarly, the sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 measures thesequence current and the residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 measures theresidual current.



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-91927236-4B19-4AF3-B708-E09EC75FC246 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-5A0C20F8-9B68-4104-9A45-0AE14A961904 V1 EN

Figure 121: Current measurement: Residual current measurement

CSMSQI1

GUID-1B8391C6-5AF9-4CC5-A784-6E73487045F3 V1 EN

Figure 122: Current measurement: Sequence current measurement




GUID-F70A913A-4B5D-45D2-B12F-981D54DCA89E V2 EN

Figure 123: Other measurements: Data monitoring


X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-33C33CE1-9EB3-437B-BA4B-AE67E2820C55 V1 EN

Figure 124: Default binary inputs X120

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

GENERAL_START

GENERAL_OPERATE

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-CF4349F6-CCF5-4A1E-A1BE-BCC323C21F34 V1 EN

Figure 125: Default binary outputs X100



LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

O

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-39C29981-E86D-4570-B841-CF19A89767CF V1 EN



LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

TCSSCBR_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

LED7OKALARMRESET


LED11OKALARMRESET

DARREC1_INPRO

LED6OKALARMRESET

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GUID-A2456AB1-DB3F-4717-B4E8-7BFCBF271D1F V1 EN



The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection functionMAPGAPC, runtime counter for machines and devices MDSOPT and different typesof timer functions. These functions are not included in application configuration butthey can be added based on the system requirements.

3.6 Standard configuration D

3.6.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and non-directional earth-fault protection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications indirectly or resistance earthed distribution networks.

The IED with a standard configuration is delivered from the factory with defaultsettings and parameters. The end user flexibility for incoming, outgoing and internal



signal designation within the IED enables this configuration to be further adapted todifferent primary circuit layouts and the related functionality needs by modifying theinternal functionality using PCM600.

3.6.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

COMMUNICATION



REF615 D

- I, Io- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- RTD/mA measurement (optional)- Symmetrical components

4

-


Current transformer


OPTSOPTM

2×TCSTCM

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL

Io>>51N-2

3I>51P-1

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

2×3I>>

51P-2

CBCMCBCM

Io>>>50N/51N

2×Io>

51N-1Io>HA51NHA

2×Master Trip

Lockout relay94/86

18×MAPMAP

3I

Io

3×

1 -

2 3

1 2

ALSO AVAILABLE



SOTFSOTF

GUID-2907E142-1D1E-4109-9603-76FDF7A15F02 V2 EN

Figure 127: Functionality overview for standard configuration D






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI2 Autoreclose external start command










































2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 -

6 -

7 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -












11 - -








Channel ID text Level trigger mode16 PHIPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


EFHPTOC1 - operate

EFIPTOC1 - operate

19 X110BI2 - ext start AutoReclose Level trigger off


























The functional diagrams describe the IED's protection functionality in detail andaccording to the factory set default connections.



OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-BDBE20E4-EE17-4FB4-B525-7421865C388F V1 EN





OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-6B581162-38E0-40FB-95DC-3360616DA749 V1 EN




GUID-57913FDC-E766-404A-ABA6-90ADB0F7CF74 V1 EN




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-042DF7F0-BC45-4B9F-8F1B-301314789714 V1 EN


Four stages are provided for non-directional earth-fault protection. EFLPTOC2 stageis dedicated to sensitive earth-fault protection. According to the IED's order code, theconfiguration can also include harmonics-based earth-fault protection HAEFPTOC.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

EFHPTOC1_START

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-4B3BC21D-415D-4301-9B92-887AEA80C49C V1 EN



OPERATESTART


GUID-66EBDD29-6D5B-4ACE-9000-3F9976978F27 V1 EN

Figure 133: Sensitive earth-fault protection functions




GUID-E1FF7992-706A-417E-8944-AF34E8E729FB V1 EN


Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformersT1PTTR1 detects overloads under varying load conditions. The output BLK_CLOSEis used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.


OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE


T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-E345F8CC-BD77-4DE5-AEAC-12969F8F4A74 V1 EN





The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET andTRBU. The TRRET operate output is used for retripping its own breaker throughTRPPTRC2_TRIP. The TRBU output gives a backup trip to the breaker feedingupstream. For this purpose, the TRBU operate output signal is connected to the binaryoutput X100:PO2.


CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-E1FC0B19-FE08-4BD1-88F2-5AC7E8249ACF V1 EN


Three protection S1...3 stages are included as an optional function. The protectionoffers individual function blocks for three sensors that can be connected to the IED.Each protection function block has two different operation modes, that is, with orwithout the phase and residual current check.

The operate signals S1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1 andTRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from S1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 are available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-C29D3E5A-5875-413D-B8D1-09C2FDDEF2D3 V1 EN

Figure 137: Arc protection function


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP




ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

GUID-075DA511-6800-4425-85CE-2B1BD69661FC V1 EN


The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by operate signalsfrom a number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. The INIT_6input in the autoreclosing function block is controlled by a binary input X110: BI2enabling the use of the external autoreclosing start command. It is possible to createindividual autoreclose sequences for each input.




The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosure sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.



INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED




PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

X110_BI2_EXT_START_AUTORECLOSE

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-CABAD69F-B126-4C9E-8640-2849EE82A948 V1 EN


General start and operate signals from all the functions are connected to minimumpulse timer TPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. Theoutput from TPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

GENERAL_STARTGENERAL_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE




PDNSPTOC1_START

GUID-7CC700C6-F5D5-45EF-986A-9F279A0837C7 V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions is available atbinary outputs X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions are provided witha lockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting.If the lockout operation mode is selected, binary input X120:BI4 has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.

Other trip logics TRPPTRC3...4 are also available if the IED is ordered with highspeed binary outputs options.




TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



GUID-F756937A-A012-433D-904D-5D62D7BF8756 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-ADA381AF-87B3-43A6-8A39-7856F999FD28 V1 EN



The START and the OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to triggerthe disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbancerecorder, depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals fromdifferent functions and the few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbancerecorder.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE




CCBRBRF1_TRRET

PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_STARTEFLPTOC1_START


PDNSPTOC1_START



T1PTTR1_START



DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-C5C9CBCF-DB59-465F-8299-08068E37C94F V2 EN




Set the parameters for SSCBR properly.





OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-D30D6FF1-20AF-4C73-B207-04C717D3439B V1 EN

Figure 144: Circuit breaker condition monitoring function

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-28045DB5-20C4-46F5-B7FA-9ADA8FEF4098 V1 EN



GUID-BFD7C249-AE73-4D2A-8409-8F34B06473F6 V1 EN






Set the parameters for TCSSCBR properly.

TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-55A8E2D8-21A8-474C-8459-1EDD29484F02 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-4F651FD8-E80B-4157-925D-B11E192D689E V1 EN



Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected in thestandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information is connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1.


OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-EC15B84E-9243-4A6C-92DB-D2E727411896 V1 EN

Figure 149: Disconnector 1




OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-5602152F-6F87-4D49-86AF-E4968E4B88BB V1 EN

Figure 150: Earthing switch 1

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and circuit breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines if the disconnector or breaker truck isdefinitely either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This output,together with the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enable signal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operation forcircuit breaker is always enabled.




OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



FALSE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-DBBDB84F-27F4-4034-A21B-01CD29A82207 V2 EN

Figure 151: Circuit breaker 1

Connect the additional signals required by the application for closingand opening of the circuit breaker.

ORB1B2


GUID-63F53739-3A34-4391-9F0C-0833324FAEA3 V1 EN

Figure 152: Signals for closing coil of circuit breaker 1



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-26BE8B84-99DF-44E7-BA2E-09EFC6A4EA76 V1 EN

Figure 153: Signals for opening coil of circuit breaker 1

NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT


CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSETRPPTRC1_TRIP




GUID-BA344D0E-6F99-4CAB-9DBF-7CD674525C88 V1 EN

Figure 154: Circuit breaker 1 close enable logic



Connect additional signals for opening and closing of circuit breakerin local or remote mode, if it is applicable for the configuration.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-2BAE22BC-81C2-4F1B-AC3F-3F1663381794 V1 EN

Figure 155: External closing command for circuit breaker 1

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-9D61A2BA-90F0-4808-9282-C8DDDED6C80C V1 EN

Figure 156: External opening command for circuit breaker 1




The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The current input is connected to the X120 card inthe back panel. The sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 measures the sequencecurrent and the residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 measures the residualcurrent.

The measurements can be seen in the LHMI and they are available under themeasurement option in the menu selection. Based on the settings, function blocks cangenerate low alarm or warning and high alarm or warning signals for the measuredcurrent values.

Load profile record LDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1offers the ability to observe the loading history of the corresponding feeder.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-05BA9BEE-064A-4C7C-B486-F82231CB43CF V1 EN

Figure 157: Current measurement: Three-phase current measurement

CSMSQI1

GUID-7F0D54B4-B973-4A6D-A6F8-AAB376A1351F V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-DB3CEBE7-820F-4F79-964A-D63B89AD2233 V1 EN



GUID-ABC2FDF0-5586-4463-B1C1-3C7C8300B65A V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-16FAB2AA-E0CF-4904-AD60-A9951BBB3CAC V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED
















GUID-CF4CBBC0-9B2F-4974-958C-8BFEC57A6673 V1 EN


X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-F9405F60-4087-4693-82DE-4C02484FEF0A V1 EN




UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3



X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO3GUID-23F52E72-342A-4629-89CC-FC401CD94B21 V1 EN

Figure 164: Binary outputs - X110 terminal block

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GENERAL_START_PULSE


CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-A4CF2AA3-1FCD-44A9-91C4-482C9FBFB588 V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

O

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-B26BBB64-D189-4246-A5A7-DB8FC8E86445 V1 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

DARREC1_INPRO


TCSSCBR_ALARM

SSCBR1_ALARMS

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-45BA8CDE-2D5A-4BFC-AEB7-B9D3C1D044F9 V1 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate and earth-fault operate logic. Theoperate logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC for setting theminimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC is connected to thebinary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

ORB1B2

O


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-F6BA3876-6A37-464E-9FAB-F5DCA0A96FFD V1 EN





The configuration includes few instances of multi-purpose protection functionMAPGAPC, high impedance fault detection function PHIZ, runtime counterMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be added based on the systemrequirements.

3.7 Standard configuration E

3.7.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications inisolated and resonant-earthed distribution networks. The configuration also includesadditional options for selecting earth-fault protection based on admittance orwattmetric-based principles.




3.7.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION

Protocols: IEC 61850-8-1/-9-2LE Modbus®


1 -

2 3

1 2

E

- I, U, Io, Uo, P, Q, E, pf, f- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- RTD/mA measurement (optional)- Symmetrical components

4

5


Current transformer


FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

MCS 3IMCS 3I

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

OR

3I>51P-1

2×3I>>

51P-2

3×Uo>59G

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

2xRTD1xmA

PHIZHIZ

Io>>51N-2

3I

3I

UL1

UL2

UL3

UL1UL2UL3

Uo

Uo

Io

Io Io

Io

3×

ALSO AVAILABLE



SOTFSOTF


94/86

3×2×

GUID-4512CC4D-BAA4-49CD-BF84-7BA9628DC231 V2 EN

Figure 168: Functionality overview for standard configuration E






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI1 MCB open

X110-BI2 Directional earth-fault protection's basic angle control

X110-BI3 Circuit breaker low gas pressure alarm









X120-BI4 Lock-out reset



X100-PO2 Breaker failure backup trip to upstream breaker












LED Description1 Non-directional overcurrent protection operated

2 Directional earth-fault protection operated

3 Double (cross country) earth-fault or residual overvoltage protection operated

4 Negative sequence overcurrent or phase discontinuity protection operated


6 Circuit breaker failure protection backup protection operated





LED Description8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring alarm

9 Supervision alarm

10 Arc fault detected





2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 U1

7 U2

8 U3

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -









EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start


WPWDE3 - start




Channel ID text Level trigger mode10 INTRPTEF1 - start Positive or Rising










PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1 - operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate







ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate










Channel ID text Level trigger mode32 DARREC1 - close CB Level trigger off

DARREC1 - unsuc recl





37 SEQSPVC1 - fusef3ph Level trigger off

38 SEQSPVC1 - fusefu Level trigger off

39 CCSPVC1 - fail Level trigger off





The phase voltages to the IED are fed from a voltage transformer. The residual voltageto the IED is fed from either residually connected VTs, an open delta connected VTor internally calculated.





Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection.Three-phase non-directional overcurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1can be blocked by energizing the binary input X120:BI1.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-3319AA24-88F3-4A6C-B382-D480E4EB991B V1 EN



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-135C8785-4AA1-4D9B-B100-EB7D2CA57163 V1 EN






GUID-B5386A2A-119F-44AF-AD39-D601263BF734 V1 EN


Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect thefeeder against phase unbalance. Both negative sequence overcurrent protections areblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

CCSPVC1_FAIL

CCSPVC1_FAIL

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-471A4DEC-98C0-4E2B-8A82-CC7D8AA94D1D V2 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE. In addition, there is a dedicated protection stageINTRPTEF either for transient-based earth-fault protection or for cable intermittentearth-fault protection in compensated networks.

The binary input X110:BI2 is intended for controlling directional earth-faultprotection blocks' relay characteristic angle (RCA: 0°, -90°) or operation mode(IoSinφ, IoCosφ) change. The same input is also available for wattmetric protection.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFLPDEF1_STARTX110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL



DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

GUID-887F7AE7-59D2-474B-B5B8-4466B6741D35 V1 EN

Figure 173: Directional earth-fault protection function


STARTBLK_EF


GUID-BD1AFA42-4050-4B0C-823E-EDDEAF7A9A58 V1 EN

Figure 174: Transient or intermittent earth-fault protection function



WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START




WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-5D56CF4C-0081-4D34-AB17-CD86173B20AA V1 EN


EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-E530E87B-85F6-421E-BC3F-C750132D3054 V1 EN




Non-directional earth-fault protection EFHPTOC protects against double earth-faultsituations in isolated or compensated networks. This protection function uses thecalculated residual current originating from the phase currents. The function isblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-3ED1B626-C1F0-4001-AB58-546A16B76048 V2 EN


Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects for interruptions in the normalthree-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. The function isblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of voltage transformer.



CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-3C32D680-B07A-4D01-89B0-A0C2CAE89C45 V2 EN


Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformersT1PTTR1 detects overloads under varying load conditions. The BLK_CLOSE outputof the function is used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.


OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE T1PTTR1_BLK_CLOSE


T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-0BC59D0E-F0E3-4F46-A4EF-A8D392971CF2 V1 EN







CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED



EFPADM2_OPERATEEFPADM3_OPERATEWPWDE2_OPERATEWPWDE3_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-3A9C783D-EBCA-48FB-BA73-AF7F08AA9BDB V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 are available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-6CD72294-48D8-4EB9-8498-88DE7B4E5CB3 V1 EN





TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




GUID-DE45B80E-CC29-4C50-AC00-861FE4406100 V1 EN




The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals,are connected to the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The opencommand from the autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3,whereas the close command is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.


Check this initialization signals of the DARREC1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

DARREC1_CLOSE_CBDARREC1_OPEN_CB



PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-E7F8FD5B-32F7-45EA-B6AF-9F840A1EA709 V1 EN


The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV1 provides earth-fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. This can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.




START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-7D97D55F-A89B-47FB-9B7B-3B041C3F2859 V1 EN


General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timerTPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATEEFPADM2_OPERATEEFPADM3_OPERATEWPWDE1_OPERATEWPWDE2_OPERATEWPWDE3_OPERATE






EFPADM1_STARTEFPADM2_STARTEFPADM3_STARTWPWDE1_STARTWPWDE2_STARTWPWDE3_START

GUID-AF23133F-E581-43F2-BC3E-AE103AE437F7 V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions is available atbinary output X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions are provided with a



lockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting. Ifthe lockout operation mode is selected, binary input X120:BI4 has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.



TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATEEFPADM2_OPERATEEFPADM3_OPERATEWPWDE1_OPERATEWPWDE2_OPERATEWPWDE3_OPERATE



GUID-9C6E7492-616C-460F-9AAD-B75FFC0F0737 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE





CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-4E3A24AF-2263-4DA6-9D9B-2646177DA782 V1 EN



The START and the OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to triggerthe disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbancerecorder depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals fromdifferent functions and the few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbancerecorder.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OOR6

B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET



PDNSPTOC1_START


DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFLPDEF1_START


CCSPVC1_FAIL

T1PTTR1_START



DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

DARREC1_INPRO

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PHSEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U


GUID-9B480C8C-BE93-44AF-8875-E05758D8ADEF V3 EN



Failures in the current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failureis detected, it is used to block current protection functions which measure thecalculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessaryoperation.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL

ALARMCCSPVC1_FAILCCSPVC1_ALARM

GUID-A30F7A43-064F-4FD2-B61A-78C53A6AE05E V2 EN

Figure 189: Current circuit supervision function

The fuse failure supervision function SEQSPVC1 detects failures in the voltagemeasurement circuits. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.

SEQSPVC1BLOCKCB_CLOSEDDISCON_OPENMINCB_OPEN

FUSEF_3PHFUSEF_UX120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

X110_BI1_MCB_OPENED


GUID-2F8FAD2F-F878-403E-B153-9F9A9FA4BDED V2 EN

Figure 190: Fuse failure supervision function



The circuit-breaker condition monitoring function SSCBR1 supervises the switchstatus based on the connected binary input information and the measured currentlevels. SSCBR1 introduces various supervision methods.



OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-FA39D0B3-73EC-4CE0-924C-C09E47645694 V1 EN


ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-A4F15AD3-B2C0-4983-9759-304CFAD5A308 V1 EN

Figure 192: Logic for circuit-breaker monitoring alarm


GUID-D5C30CF5-A21D-436A-BFF5-AA48E0BE4256 V1 EN

Figure 193: Logic for start of circuit-breaker spring charging

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. Both functions are



blocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breaker opensignal.


TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-58DD6776-004D-4B7C-8F75-A68BBA22EE1D V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-551738DE-408E-4244-861F-335A3D86A8DA V1 EN



Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type, and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected instandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information is connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1.


OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-7EE30E79-0EE5-4765-A882-92BE768FB3DB V1 EN

Figure 196: Disconnector 1




OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-80A3714D-28AB-41ED-909C-8B77D552115A V1 EN

Figure 197: Earthing switch 1

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging status.





OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



CBXCBR1_BLK_CLOSEFALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSECBXCBR1_AU_OPEN

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-48200DE5-D086-41E5-A91F-3F4975700417 V2 EN



ORB1B2


GUID-D6C245AC-FBC9-4A60-A086-A8F76CCC791E V1 EN

Figure 199: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for closing coil of circuit breaker1



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-ADCCB058-4D03-49FE-B434-C81296BF655D V1 EN

Figure 200: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for opening coil of circuit breaker1

NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP


DCSXSWI1_OKPOS

X110_BI4_CB_SPRING_CHARGEDESSXSWI1_OPENPOS

GUID-90D8B4C7-0F74-4BD3-9863-6BBD1517457E V1 EN


Connect the higher-priority conditions which must be set beforeenabling the closing of circuit breaker. These conditions cannot bebypassed using bypass feature of the function.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CBXCBR1_BLK_CLOSET1PTTR1_BLK_CLOSE

GUID-02C2AAA3-BF48-4645-AA7E-F951054AC78A V1 EN

Figure 202: Circuit breaker close blocking logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closingand opening commands with the IED in local or remote mode.


Connect additional signals for opening and closing of circuit breakerin local or remote mode, if applicable for the configuration



ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-D63AE948-455C-498A-824F-6EF494C57C06 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-53BFABFE-E563-4D53-9FE6-891D0865EB54 V1 EN




The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the IED are measured by three-phasevoltage measurement VMMXU1. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card inthe back panel. The sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequencevoltage and the residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residualvoltage.


The frequency measurement FMMXU1 of the power system and the three-phasepower and energy measurement PEMMXU1 are available. Load profile recordLDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1 offers the ability toobserve the loading history of the corresponding feeder.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-40AF615B-1FC1-4ACD-9605-8D6DD5DC23C3 V1 EN




CSMSQI1

GUID-6A3F5E6F-1761-48A6-95B3-ED80C4C52230 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-069DC247-81C1-42C2-BCDA-B0BF14A689D1 V1 EN


VMMXU1BLOCK HIGH_ALARM

HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-CFCB119A-3804-4ACD-8602-3272972B7A38 V1 EN

Figure 208: Voltage measurement: Three-phase voltage measurement

VSMSQI1

GUID-2C998191-50DF-441F-80A3-88B55A5D5A60 V1 EN

Figure 209: Voltage measurement: Sequence voltage measurement


HIGH_WARN

GUID-8885E482-DAB8-4B05-8B7F-939A6887DE6A V1 EN

Figure 210: Voltage measurement: Residual voltage measurement

FMMXU1

GUID-931EB287-D786-48A3-ABD5-816D18251871 V1 EN

Figure 211: Other measurement: Frequency measurement

PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-BC19323E-D87F-44E4-9931-07947BA99D7B V1 EN

Figure 212: Other measurement: Three-phase power and energy measurement


GUID-DECFB7E8-C22C-44CF-9827-96E0D647B727 V2 EN





MEM_ALARM

GUID-1585F0D5-FC5A-4D1D-BF63-661830AD6291 V2 EN

Figure 214: Other measurement: Load record profile


ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED


X110_BI1_MCB_OPENED

















GUID-5588E05A-3610-45C9-9CB8-6E63C4CAF64E V1 EN




X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-A7C227B5-59D1-4E93-9B61-AAD367D93DC0 V1 EN


UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3



X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO3GUID-CBC32DCC-0DC7-4C6A-B3F5-B0CC5FAE5ABA V1 EN

Figure 217: Default binary outputs - X110 terminal block

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GENERAL_START_PULSE


CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-9DAF69E3-2710-4480-81ED-C48E03936098 V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-C8CFA43B-974D-4635-BBD3-6EE8F9846A72 V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

DARREC1_INPRO



SSCBR1_ALARMS

TCSSCBR_ALARMCCSPVC1_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-9C2A6ED2-F200-4F69-8C7A-1FEA8448A058 V2 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate and earth-fault operate logic. Theoperate logics are connected to minimum pulse timer TPGAPC for setting theminimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC is connected to thebinary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



PHxPTOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

WPWDE_OPERATEROVPTOV_OPERATE

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-4EA8A665-E29F-4D10-93D9-DCD0CFDD05EC V1 EN





The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,high -impedance fault detection PHIZ, runtime counter for machines and devicesMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be added based on the systemrequirements.

3.8 Standard configuration F

3.8.1 Applications

The standard configuration includes directional overcurrent and directional earth-fault protection with phase voltage based measurement, undervoltage and overvoltageprotection and measurement function. The configuration is mainly intended for cableand overhead-line feeder applications in directly or resistance earthed distributionnetworks. The configuration also includes additional options for selecting earth-faultprotection based on admittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.




3.8.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION



1 -

2 3

1 2

F


4

5


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE



2×3I>→67-1

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

Io>HA51NHA

3×3U<27

U2>47O-

U1<47U+

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

3I>>→67-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

OR OR

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

2xRTD1xmA

PHIZHIZ

Io>>51N-2

3I

UL1UL2UL3

Uo

Io

Io

UL1UL2UL3

UL1

UL2

UL3

Uo

3I

3×

Io

SOTFSOTF


94/86

3×2×

GUID-6130FC3E-1C25-479D-B922-BA263933D048 V2 EN

Figure 221: Functionality overview for standard configuration F






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI1 MCB open

X110-BI2 Directional earth-fault protection's basic angle control





















X110-SO4 Voltage protection operate alarm





LED Description1 Overcurrent protection operated

2 Earth-fault protection operated

3 Voltage protection operated







LED Description7 Disturbance recorder triggered


9 Supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 U1

7 U2

8 U3

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -


Channel ID text Level trigger mode1 DPHLPDOC1 - start Positive or Rising

2 DPHLPDOC2 - start Positive or Rising

3 DPHHPDOC1 - start Positive or Rising





EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start




Channel ID text Level trigger mode9 EFPADM3 - start Positive or Rising

WPWDE3 - start





14 PHPTOV1 - start Positive or Rising



17 PSPTUV1 - trret Positive or Rising

18 NSPTOV1 - trbu Positive or Rising

19 PHPTUV1 - start Positive or Rising









DPHHPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC2 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1 - operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate









Channel ID text Level trigger mode35 PHPTOV1 - operate Level trigger off

PHPTOV2 - operate

PHPTOV3 - operate

36 PHPTUV1 - operate Level trigger off

PHPTUV2 - operate

PHPTUV3 - operate


ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

PSPTUV1 - operate

NSPTOV2 - operate


























The functional diagrams describe protection functionality of the IEDs in detail andaccording to the factory set default connections.

Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Threeof them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC. Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizingthe binary input X120: BI1.


OPERATESTART

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHIPTOC1_START


GUID-B10D3E4D-E329-4FBC-9178-166E6E190603 V1 EN

Figure 222: Overcurrent protection function



DPHHPDOC1BLOCKENA_MULTNON_DIR

OPERATESTART

DPHLPDOC1BLOCKENA_MULTNON_DIR

OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_START

DPHLPDOC2_START

DPHHPDOC1_START

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

GUID-C07091F0-AAEA-403B-A72A-11912CD886C0 V1 EN

Figure 223: Directional overcurrent protection function

The upstream blocking from the start of the second low stage of three-phasedirectional overcurrent protection DPHLPDOC2 is connected to the binary outputX110:SO1. This output can be used for sending a blocking signal to the relevantovercurrent protection stage of the IED at the infeeding bay.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKINGDPHLPDOC2_START

GUID-5EFA1CBD-DC1F-46F0-ABF2-D42054BB7BD7 V1 EN




GUID-14BD5163-8EB0-4B61-8C4A-0DF50393EBA9 V1 EN


Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect the



feeder against phase unbalance. Both the negative sequence overcurrent protectionsare blocked in case of detection in failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

CCSPVC1_FAIL

CCSPVC1_FAIL

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-67A842F4-BA87-4B21-A921-35B8447380EE V2 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE or harmonics-based earth-fault protection HAEFPTOC. Adedicated protection stage INTRPTEF is used either for transient-based earth-faultprotection or for cable intermittent earth-fault protection in compensated networks.

The binary input X110:BI2 is intended for controlling directional earth-faultprotection blocks' relay characteristic angle (RCA: 0°, -90°) or operation mode(IoSinφ, IoCosφ) change. The same input is also available for wattmetric protection.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START




DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

GUID-8C13FB21-2ECA-48BC-A73D-CA66853C1E3E V1 EN



STARTBLK_EF


GUID-D6626AFF-571A-49AC-82A0-10740638CA38 V1 EN




WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START




WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-EF2254F3-48A7-47D1-902D-FF03338D0A95 V1 EN


EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-5DB4A853-DF00-466B-9358-00E320CA00CD V1 EN




Non-directional (cross-country) earth-fault protection, using calculated Io,EFHPTOC1 protects against double earth-fault situations in isolated or compensatednetworks. This protection function uses the calculated residual current originatingfrom the phase currents. The function is blocked in case of detection of a failure insecondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-60E23765-A067-4FEF-961F-64455744F93D V2 EN

Figure 231: Earth-fault protection function

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects from interruptions in thenormal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. Thefunction is blocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of voltagetransformer.



CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-C2943C6D-503D-42E8-B69C-E9D8E7DB69FD V2 EN

Figure 232: Phase discontinuity protection function



OPERATESTARTALARM



T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-D139F760-E980-4005-A357-84775C585A0A V1 EN


Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 is initiated via the START input by anumber of different protection functions available in the IED. The breaker-failureprotection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuitbreaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEDPHHPDOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE





CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-3E7F088B-7253-451D-949B-28EF578ED260 V1 EN


Three arc protection stages ARCSARC1...3 are included as an optional function. Thearc protection offers individual function blocks for three arc sensors that can beconnected to the IED. Each arc protection function block has two different operationmodes, that is, with or without the phase and residual current check.





OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-C3947F6D-AECD-4662-ACB3-CA2D5258221B V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




GUID-DD707ABE-A698-47F0-8891-034B35A02E20 V1 EN



The autoreclosing function can be inhibited with the INHIBIT_RECL input. Bydefault, few selected protection function operations are connected to this input. A



control command to the circuit breaker, either local or remote, also blocks theautoreclosing function via the CBXCBR1-SELECTED signal.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED




PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATEDPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATENSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-709680CA-5730-419E-B1AB-9E7C419C3450 V1 EN


Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV and PHPTUV offerprotection against abnormal phase voltage conditions. Positive-sequenceundervoltage protection PSPTUV and negative-sequence overvoltage protectionNSPTOV enable voltage-based unbalance protection. A failure in the voltagemeasuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure function. The activation is connectedto block undervoltage protection functions and voltage based unbalance protectionfunctions to avoid faulty tripping.



PHPTOV1BLOCK OPERATE

START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_START

PHPTOV2_START

PHPTOV3_START

PHPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-A11EA1D0-3A52-4887-9CC5-3C30268D2988 V1 EN

Figure 237: Overvoltage protection function

PHPTUV1BLOCK OPERATE

START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

PHPTUV3_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

GUID-54CEBBC3-C767-4439-8B2E-77B3D78E79AB V2 EN

Figure 238: Undervoltage protection function



The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth-fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.


START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-96FB05DC-7A3B-4A22-AA35-1963D950722B V1 EN


NSPTOV1BLOCK OPERATE

STARTNSPTOV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-4CDD5E93-A445-40B2-9613-904A3ADFB339 V2 EN

Figure 240: Negative-sequence overvoltage protection function

PSPTUV1BLOCK OPERATE

STARTPSPTUV1_OPERATEPSPTUV1_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-4D2257BB-0968-4E93-9124-BCBBE323AC4B V2 EN

Figure 241: Positive-sequence undervoltage protection function

General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timerTPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs

If a new protection function block to the configuration is added, checkthe activation logic and add the connections.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATEPHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PSPTUV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATEPHPTUV3_OPERATE


DPHLPDOC1_STARTDPHLPDOC2_STARTDPHHPDOC1_START

PHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_START

DEFLPDEF1_STARTDEFLPDEF2_STARTDEFHPDEF1_STARTINTRPTEF1_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_START

PHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTOV3_STARTPSPTUV1_STARTNSPTOV1_STARTPHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_STARTPHPTUV3_START



GUID-2F8D1A94-63C3-49BF-86C7-0D79BAA3B44A V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions is available atbinary output X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions are provided with alockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting. Ifthe lockout operation mode is selected, binary input X120:BI4 has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.





TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TRPPTRC1_TRIPPHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTOV1_OPERATEPHPTOV2_OPERATEPHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE





GUID-29A42450-D205-4A90-A1AF-825C44CBE68B V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O




NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PSPTUV1_OPERATE

NSPTOV1_OPERATE




CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-910DA8E9-69B1-433E-8A29-0AA327F579AE V1 EN




The disturbance recorder main application sheet contains thedisturbance recorder function block and the connections to variables.

Once the order of signals connected to binary inputs of RDRE ischanged, make the changes to the parameter setting tool.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE


PHPTUV2_OPERATEPHPTUV3_OPERATE ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATEARCSARC3_OPERATE

CCBRBRF1_TRRET



DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START


PDNSPTOC1_START

PHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTOV3_STARTPSPTUV1_STARTNSPTOV1_STARTPHPTUV1_STARTPHPTUV2_STARTPHPTUV3_START


EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKINGCCSPVC1_FAIL

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

T1PTTR1_START

INRPHAR1_BLK2H

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

DARREC1_INPRO

T1PTTR1_OPERATE


DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-EA71AC89-D293-4E85-9B21-3E36DA2EEFEF V3 EN



Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failure isdetected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that are measuring thecalculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessaryoperation.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-31249D4E-19AA-42E0-AD46-C6720DD67A53 V2 EN


The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1 detects failures in the voltage measurementcircuits. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.



X110_BI1_MCB_OPENED


GUID-83FF05A1-16D5-41C2-BCD2-39A0D7033704 V2 EN








OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-C4E153AD-BD5F-429A-BE5F-9E16ED24BF87 V1 EN


ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-4A44705A-5C89-4D62-98EC-302D5E20BAB9 V1 EN





GUID-176F56D4-41CA-4646-AAA1-38E65632D403 V1 EN





TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-EC7D2528-4B38-4896-897A-7ACB910511A7 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-4B5C2A2D-72E3-4848-B40B-DA6D221A4FAC V1 EN





OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-AE989126-B372-4516-B186-C213B50D226B V1 EN



OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-BE90D4B4-0DFC-4164-B9B4-846AC15E7100 V1 EN

Figure 254: Earth-switch control logic

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and the circuit breaker spring charging status.








OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE





CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-9A8F2948-56E2-432A-BFDC-9DAD36F414DC V2 EN

Figure 255: Circuit breaker 1 control logic

ORB1B2


GUID-4A45B0DB-3CB8-4190-BA99-EE2BF15C696D V1 EN

Figure 256: Signal for closing coil of circuit breaker 1

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-5A234526-696C-4CC5-B39C-387D1AF6D3EB V1 EN

Figure 257: Signal for opening coil of circuit breaker 1

NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP


DCSXSWI1_OKPOS


GUID-ADC3C9F4-02A8-4B00-8577-66728AE4ADDA V1 EN


Connect the higher-priority conditions before enabling the closing ofcircuit breaker. These conditions cannot be bypassed using bypassfeature of the function.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-C8D94DD3-DB60-4456-B663-A45877AE2D18 V1 EN

Figure 259: Circuit breaker 1 close blocking logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating the circuit breaker external closingand opening command with the IED in local or remote mode.



ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-7ACFCF02-3DAC-4D9F-94AA-641453214106 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-D12A66F5-D434-4C12-93C8-6C855C32EBC6 V1 EN




The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the IED are measured by three-phasevoltage measurement VMMXU1. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card inthe back panel. The sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence



voltage and the residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residualvoltage.




HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-F102851D-B189-4394-9FD3-C3ED4A1343D7 V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-C9B80BF2-0589-4041-BE46-D7DC69A33AD3 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-11B50582-C98D-4B8B-8981-45B34A38CC7D V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-109D5132-705F-4AC5-8D96-F98590676ED1 V1 EN

Figure 265: Voltage measurement: Three-phase voltage current

VSMSQI1

GUID-28AF2B18-9670-40E9-9745-709FBCC09857 V1 EN


FMMXU1

GUID-4A7D49A1-D995-468B-B054-59640EA6CCF1 V1 EN




PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-9D027EF7-0CE3-4E0B-8B57-3A4392363A46 V1 EN



GUID-848C6501-5E08-40FD-823D-11DC11FFAC29 V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-54D8F3DB-4BF4-4C5D-8FD2-D0C99684F934 V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED


X110_BI1_MCB_OPENED

















GUID-7DC22F9C-E131-4AC9-A977-BF120C46FA57 V1 EN




X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-F44B3FFD-F2E1-4535-8500-EC14611C708E V1 EN


UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

VOLTAGE_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO).X110-SO4




GUID-B782B1DC-8E73-4E90-8158-193EDA3C3853 V1 EN


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GENERAL_START_PULSE


CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-7C083BF3-FB82-4E48-8A2F-A0BE05427CFA V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTUV_OPERATEPHPTOV_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

EFPADM_OPERATEROVPTOV_OPERATE

WPWDE_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-B77B4CBB-88A8-4250-AACE-22612AF0DC0F V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_USEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

DARREC1_INPRO

SSCBR1_ALARMS


TCSSCBR_ALARM

CCSPVC1_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-CBB0DDAA-908A-4246-89A5-2DC455656D3C V2 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate, earth-fault operate and voltageoperate logic. The operate logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPCfor setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC isconnected to the binary outputs.



TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O OC_OPERATE_PULSEEF_OPERATE_PULSEPHIPTOC1_OPERATE


DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-EF44331E-734B-42A8-90D7-66A4DB74D377 V1 EN


TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O VOLTAGE_OPERATE_PULSEPSPTUV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_OPERATE


GUID-740AB999-1C05-4A9D-A011-724779CB517B V1 EN

Figure 277: Timer logic for voltage operate pulse


The configuration includes few instances of multi-purpose protection functionMAPGAPC, high impedance fault detection function PHIZ, runtime counterMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be added based on the systemrequirements.

3.9 Standard configuration G

3.9.1 Applications

The standard configuration includes directional overcurrent and directional earth-fault protection, undervoltage and overvoltage protection, frequency protection andmeasurement function. The configuration is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications in direct or resistance-earthed distributed networks. Theconfiguration also includes additional options for selecting earth-fault protectionbased on admittance and wattmetric principles.




3.9.2 Functions


ORAND



RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION

Protocols: IEC 61850-8-1 IEC 61850-9-2LE Modbus®


G

ALSO AVAILABLE



MEASUREMENT

- I, U, Io, Uo, P, Q, E, pf, f- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- Symmetrical components


Current sensor 3

Voltage sensor 3

Current transformer 11) Combi sensor inputs with conventional

Io input

CONTROL AND INDICATION 1)


CB

DC




1 -

2 3

1 2

2×3I>→67-1

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

3×3U<27

U2>47O-

U1<47U+

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

Io>>51N-2

3I>>→67-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

OR

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

PHIZHIZ

18×MAPMAP

SYNC25

UL1

UL2

UL3

3I

Io

Uo

Io

3I

Io

UL1UL2UL3

3×

IEC 61850-9-2LE

SOTFSOTF

UL1UL2UL3

UL1


94/86

3×2×

GUID-3524788E-FDB0-4425-9949-C5CBD1301E75 V2 EN

Figure 278: Functionality overview for standard configuration G






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI1 Circuit breaker closed indication

























3 Voltage protection operated






9 Supervision alarm








2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 U1

6 U2

7 U3

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -









EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start


WPWDE3 - start







16 PSPTUV1 - trret Positive or Rising




Channel ID text Level trigger mode17 NSPTOV1 - trbu Positive or Rising










PHHPTOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC2 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1 - operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate





33 PHPTOV1 - operate Level trigger off

PHPTOV2 - operate

PHPTOV3 - operate


PHPTUV2 - operate

PHPTUV3 - operate


ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

PSPTUV1 - operate

NSPTOV2 - operate




Channel ID text Level trigger mode36 SEQSPVC1 - fusef3ph Level trigger off








42 ARCSARC1 - operate Level trigger off




46 DARREC1 - close CB Positive or Rising

47 DARREC1 - unsuc recl Positive or Rising




The phase currents to the IED are fed from Rogowski or Combi sensors. The residualcurrent to the IED is fed from either residually connected CTs, an external corebalance CT, neutral CT or internally calculated.

The phase voltages to the IED are fed from Combi sensors. The residual voltage isinternally calculated.




The functional diagrams describe the protection functionality of the IEDs in detail andaccording to the factory set default connections.



Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Threeof them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC.


OPERATESTART


GUID-9E341F53-8AB2-4A2C-B776-B26D19CAB8F9 V1 EN



OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_START

DPHLPDOC2_START

DPHHPDOC1_START

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

GUID-C39AC382-EF6F-42D4-9F57-A295796FE592 V1 EN



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-AAA165D7-458D-41C8-9691-E402B65ADC68 V1 EN






GUID-48CCCD5A-6F4F-4FF7-9D75-85E2B0DDD8A9 V1 EN


Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect thefeeder against phase unbalance. Both negative sequence overcurrent protections areblocked in case of detection in failure in secondary circuit of sensor.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

CCSPVC1_FAIL

CCSPVC1_FAIL

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-863218A0-49A4-400F-A05E-8E9954E4B722 V2 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

GUID-E9F9F318-12D1-498E-AAE8-31E3EF90FA40 V1 EN


WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-E3BBF010-632D-4742-A8D0-1F46ABE54DA2 V1 EN




EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-80B32305-038A-4261-AF02-E3E0884E5070 V1 EN


Non-directional (cross-country) earth-fault protection, using calculated Io,EFHPTOC1 protects against double earth-fault situations in isolated or compensatednetworks. This protection function uses the calculated residual current originatingfrom the phase currents. Function is blocked in case of detection of a failure insecondary circuit of sensor.


OPERATESTART


CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-AD3B6BA3-857E-44BF-9739-2F1D1AADA63B V2 EN


Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects for interruptions in the normalthree-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. The function isblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of sensor.



CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-A735E86D-1AB7-44FE-B59D-A83FF8EC8362 V2 EN






OPERATESTARTALARM



T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-0B72F2EB-41EF-44CD-9DD4-CA416DFBF0CB V1 EN





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X110_BI1_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE




ARCSARC1_OPERATEARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-89971B6B-6846-4ADA-B9D0-D0130A01832F V1 EN







OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-ED05940B-2DF0-461C-A159-6E51FC0256CD V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

GUID-A416CC7A-EB4B-46CE-9700-BFDD3ECC6C40 V1 EN







The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.

Set parameters for the DARREC1 function.




INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X110_BI2_CB_OPENED




PHIPTOC1_OPERATE



EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-E611211B-3625-4C2B-A702-A5471ABB3939 V1 EN


Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV and PHPTUV offerprotection against abnormal phase voltage conditions. Positive-sequenceundervoltage protection PSPTUV and negative-sequence overvoltage protectionNSPTOV enable voltage-based unbalance protection. A failure in the voltagemeasuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure function and the activation isconnected to block undervoltage protection functions and voltage based unbalanceprotection functions to avoid faulty tripping.




START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_START

PHPTOV2_START

PHPTOV3_START

PHPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-BECFC2B1-EF62-45B3-87E3-0400340A8BB5 V1 EN



START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

PHPTUV3_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

GUID-6E332AB0-7555-45A7-B622-BA1061C18D0B V2 EN




The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth-fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.


START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-95D18A13-DA98-4822-B5DE-4A044A48C940 V1 EN

Figure 295: Residual overvoltage protection function



SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-385727B9-A09E-40C1-A51D-630C0400338D V2 EN

Figure 296: Negative sequence overvoltage protection function



SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-656C28DB-7231-45CD-8864-15F39FF2C6A4 V2 EN

Figure 297: Positive sequence undervoltage protection function


If a new protection function block to the configuration is added, checkthe activation logic and also add the connections.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTOV1_OPERATE


PHPTUV1_OPERATE






DEFLPDEF1_STARTDEFLPDEF2_STARTDEFHPDEF1_START

EFHPTOC1_STARTPDNSPTOC1_START





GUID-B801C8EA-74F0-432F-A115-E882F4A6D10A V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output of these trip logic functions is available atbinary output X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. The trip logic functions are provided with alockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting. Ifthe lockout operation mode is selected, binary input has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.





TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O




NSPTOC2_OPERATE




EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE




GUID-BC0E8E4F-D844-4DF2-96F8-D7FB4AE196EF V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O




NSPTOC2_OPERATE




EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PSPTUV1_OPERATE

NSPTOV1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-C616460D-0D6B-426B-8222-C8058AAF8332 V1 EN









TRIGGEREDOR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTUV1_OPERATE





PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET



EFHPTOC1_START



DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START

PDNSPTOC1_START

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_STARTWPWDE3_START

WPWDE2_START

CCSPVC1_FAILSEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

T1PTTR1_START


SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL



GUID-AD347F5E-3943-4EC9-A1AF-0A771AEEFB1F V3 EN



Failures in the current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failureis detected, it can be used to block current protection functions that measure thecalculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessaryoperation.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-77C89F9A-924D-4470-AEB0-4CAEDC3E5123 V2 EN


The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1 detects failures in the voltage measurementcircuits.



X110_BI6_CB_TRUCK_IN_TESTSEQSPVC1_FUSEF_USEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

GUID-4678332E-EF5C-40E6-861A-44DD9492DCAD V2 EN








OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-1EC6CBD8-1531-47A1-811C-A5BCA7136B96 V1 EN

Figure 304: Circuit-breaker conditioning monitoring function

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-E7A9FFF5-42E4-4CE8-A90E-76BCECC137E4 V1 EN



GUID-64DCF106-5116-4603-BF0F-52B9D282F56D V1 EN







TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-0CABD7BB-7809-43A2-A4EB-2077524785DD V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X110_BI2_CB_OPENED


GUID-480DFCBE-6A94-46BC-8A90-7A0049C425F1 V1 EN



Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected in astandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information is connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1.


OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-EB7FC96F-DCE0-4F6D-A563-4B782736A68E V1 EN





OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-E6CDEFAC-D921-4392-A83C-D5366B8A41BA V1 EN

Figure 310: Earth switch control logic

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated using the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and the earth-switch position status, status of the triplogics, gas pressure alarm and circuit breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines whether the disconnector or breakertruck is definitely either open (in test position) or close (in service position). Thisoutput, together with the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates theclose-enable signal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operationfor circuit breaker is always enabled.





OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE




CBXBCR1_AU_OPENCBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-A818BB7E-A52B-40EB-B75E-4E5980FE0188 V2 EN


ORB1B2


GUID-AAD5050A-FBE7-490E-91F5-A1B3EC9249D1 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-63DB00F4-441B-4B7E-8F02-500921B8C9C6 V1 EN


NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP


DCSXSWI1_OKPOS


GUID-B74256B7-3CF6-464D-A6BB-90B83D2732E9 V1 EN



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-3E75311B-A42A-4A5D-9122-D93FBD773BB3 V1 EN







ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-41DEF2A2-16E7-4C8C-A8C6-81F1D751EC08 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-B21EBD05-83F6-45E0-A956-9FB4BF079A9C V1 EN



The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The three-phase current input is connected to theX131, X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three phases. The sequence currentmeasurement CSMSQI1 measures the sequence current and the residual currentmeasurement RESCMMXU1 measures the residual current. Residual current input isconnected to the X130 card in the back panel.

The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the IED are measured by three-phasevoltage measurement VMMXU1. The three-phase current input is connected to theX131, X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three phases. The sequence voltagemeasurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and the residual voltagemeasurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residual voltage.




HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-D1FE0E27-0DBA-4BCB-9BAF-B82846224BCD V1 EN




CSMSQI1

GUID-03A8D15A-B365-41A6-9888-177A22D366CB V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-9A19A4D2-2931-4710-8AD2-9CE31907A4AC V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-828D7D6F-D9AE-4BE7-AFAD-305B93CF9086 V1 EN


VSMSQI1

GUID-C414A0B3-7EDB-40E9-AF57-8327612D3032 V1 EN


FMMXU1

GUID-A5958CA9-4CAF-4518-B84C-6F3E5817D46A V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-EC25EDC8-164C-498D-A5D0-C60FB8898060 V1 EN



GUID-72ACB664-009C-4165-9C87-8CBC45ABCF9E V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-95FB00EA-FBA3-4946-9192-1E7C5047D148 V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

X110_BI2_CB_OPENED

X110_BI1_CB_CLOSED





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED

















GUID-A2B1E62C-7697-4D30-8D2A-D05174C519CB V1 EN




UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

VOLTAGE_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO).X110-SO4




GUID-A5F194C9-0208-467C-A115-6BF12F28FDA5 V1 EN

Figure 328: Default binary output - X110

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

GENERAL_START_PULSE


X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-6A66701A-488B-4A27-8447-3F325B846D43 V1 EN

Figure 329: Default binary output - X100



LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

EFPADM_OPERATEWPWDE_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-5B504FC4-612E-4D4C-8762-154A53926CD7 V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_INPRO

SSCBR1_ALARMS


TCSSCBR_ALARM

CCSPVCF1_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-A62814FF-C1DF-4757-B544-B55351058164 V2 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate, earth-fault operate and voltageoperate logic. The operate logics are connected to minimum pulse timer TPGAPC forsetting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC isconnected to the binary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O OC_OPERATE_PULSEEF_OPERATE_PULSEPHIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-95B55C0E-FA24-4643-81C6-E14BE342C734 V1 EN




TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O VOLTAGE_OPERATE_PULSEPSPTUV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_OPERATE


GUID-600E062D-9AAB-444B-A7ED-4A8FF894C55A V1 EN

Figure 332: Timer logic for voltage operate pulse


The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,high-impedance fault detection PHIZ, runtime counter for machines and devicesMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be added based on the systemrequirements.

3.10 Standard configuration H

3.10.1 Applications

The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and non-directional earth-fault protection with phase voltage-based measurements, undervoltage andovervoltage protection, frequency protection and measurement functions is mainlyintended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications in directly or resistance-earthed distribution networks.




3.10.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION



H


4

5


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE



1 -

2 3

1 2

3I>51P-1

2×3I>>

51P-2

SYNC25

O→I79

2×I2>46

I2/I1>46PD

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86

3×3U<27

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

3×f>/f<,df/dt81

Io>>51N-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

Io>>>50N/51N

2xRTD1xmA

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

PHIZHIZ

2×Io>

51N-1

3I

UL1

UL2

UL3

UL1UL2UL3 UL1

UL2

UL3

U12

U12

Uo

Uo

Io

Io

IoIo

3I

3×

SOTFSOTF


94/86

3×2×

GUID-345574F5-1790-43CF-BCD8-FE2C4EFF1CE5 V2 EN

Figure 333: Functionality overview for standard configuration H






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI1 Busbar VT secondary MCB open

X110-BI2 Line VT secondary MCB open




























3 Combined protection operated indication

4 Synchronism or energizing check OK

5 Frequency protection







9 Supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 U1

7 U2

8 U3

9 U1B

10 -

11 -

12 -


















Channel ID text Level trigger mode14 PHPTOV3 - start Positive or Rising







21 FRPFRQ1 - start Positive or Rising






PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHHPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


EFLPTOC2 - operate

EFHPTOC1 - operate

EFIPTOC1 - operate





PHPTOV2 - operate

PHPTOV3 - operate


PHPTUV2 - operate

PHPTUV3 - operate


ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

35 FRPFRQ1 - operate Level trigger off

FRPFRQ2 - operate

FRPFRQ3 - operate






Channel ID text Level trigger mode38 CCSPVC1 - fail Level trigger off




42 SECRSYN1 - sync inpro Level trigger off

43 SECRSYN1 - sync ok Level trigger off

44 SECRSYN1 - cl fail al Level trigger off

45 SECRSYN1 - cmd fail al Level trigger off























OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-4418FE50-A21E-4DA3-B13C-97D408EB4CFA V1 EN



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-9B85F4BF-82D4-4867-B89B-1E73F145341C V1 EN






GUID-984A0C31-460F-48F5-AA9D-FD0F798DB0EE V1 EN


Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect thefeeder against phase unbalance. Both negative sequence overcurrent protections areblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

CCSPVC1_FAIL

CCSPVC1_FAIL

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-7C84F97A-94E1-4D1F-87CD-942C8D9088A1 V2 EN


Four stages are provided for non-directional earth-fault protection. One stage isdedicated to sensitive earth-fault protection.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_START

EFLPTOC2_START

EFHPTOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-15DB4C4F-9B2C-483D-A066-6011F8535402 V1 EN


Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects for interruptions in the normalthree-phase load supply. For example, in downed conductor situations the function isblocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.



CCSPVC1_FAIL

GUID-816DE51C-0F1F-4CD9-AA1B-8D88BB8490D7 V2 EN


Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 is initiated via the START input bynumber of different protection functions available in the IED. The breaker-failureprotection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuitbreaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED


EFLPTOC2_OPERATEARCSARC1_OPERATEARCSARC2_OPERATEARCSARC3_OPERATE

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-789C6973-BCEC-4D58-922A-27075ECACFE9 V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3..5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 is available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-6737760B-14D7-469A-99FF-6E2C523B6E44 V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




GUID-F549336F-F636-4F32-8619-BC69E5A53259 V1 EN







The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed using theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED




SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-8569C1BF-C7CF-4853-901E-9C5871B85919 V1 EN


Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV and PHPTUV offerprotection against abnormal phase voltage conditions. A failure in the voltagemeasuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure function and the activation isconnected to block undervoltage protection functions to avoid faulty tripping.




START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_START

PHPTOV2_START

PHPTOV3_START

PHPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-168B0ECA-EC3A-4E24-BB38-040D20F5EEFF V1 EN



START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

PHPTUV3_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

GUID-98D35F8A-6408-467E-88C2-15475BC6574E V2 EN




The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as a non-selective backup protection for the earth-fault functionality.


START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-521EA0D0-2332-4E90-A1FE-C405463CDBCF V1 EN


The selectable underfrequency or overfrequency protection FRPFRQ preventsdamage to network components under unwanted frequency conditions. The functionalso contains a selectable rate of change of the frequency (gradient) protection todetect an increase or decrease in the fast power system frequency at an early stage.This can be used as an early indication of a disturbance in the system.



FRPFRQ1BLOCK OPERATE

OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_START

FRPFRQ2_START

FRPFRQ3_START

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-9C73EAD7-5797-4E5A-BDBB-D3734BF1D8DB V1 EN

Figure 346: Frequency protection function




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


FRPFRQ3_OPERATEFRPFRQ2_OPERATEFRPFRQ1_OPERATE


PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE




EFLPTOC1_STARTEFLPTOC2_STARTEFHPTOC1_STARTEFIPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_START

PHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTOV3_STARTPHPTUV1_STARTPHPTUV2_STARTPHPTUV3_START


FRPFRQ1_STARTFRPFRQ2_STARTFRPFRQ3_START

GUID-71B45E9A-077E-45BD-8306-8D6DDCCE745A V1 EN







TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE





PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE



GUID-640AC68E-4932-4ACF-9AF1-CC6D640F0F7D V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE





PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-724B2B2B-C697-47F3-84DC-5D244CC8725F V1 EN







TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE




PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_STARTEFLPTOC1_STARTEFLPTOC2_STARTEFHPTOC1_STARTEFIPTOC1_START

PDNSPTOC1_STARTPHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTOV3_STARTPHPTUV1_STARTPHPTUV2_STARTPHPTUV3_START




SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U


INRPHAR1_BLK2H

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

SECRSYN1_SYNC_INPRO

SECRSYN1_CL_FAIL_ALSECRSYN1_CMD_FAIL_AL

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-BBC21615-E283-4B10-9001-967A19C5896F V2 EN



Failures in the current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failureis detected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that measure thecalculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessaryoperation.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-5D2B0679-06B9-43AE-86DE-5438AB2D9C17 V2 EN







X110_BI1_BUS_VT_MCB_OPEN


GUID-36463825-15E3-43EB-8747-6B52FEB5CCC9 V2 EN






OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-3E1BA906-5D1B-4FAC-AA2A-F6C70CAE5BEC V1 EN

Figure 353: Circuit-breaker conditioning monitoring function

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-CEC2B30C-9E82-4842-902A-7997A31A6E46 V1 EN





GUID-2E6D31BF-26F4-47CF-8E05-295BB466E4AD V1 EN





TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-F5BCA344-DDE2-4504-91E7-B5A0EB19A8A3 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-75C22AA4-4F3D-4F1E-9E7F-82C1AB76D23F V1 EN



The main purpose of the synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN is to providecontrol over the closing of the circuit breakers in power networks to prevent theclosing, if the conditions for synchronism are not detected. The energizing functionallows closing, for example, when one side of the breaker is dead.

SECRSYN measures the bus and line voltages and compares them to the setconditions. When all the measured quantities are within set limits, the outputSYNC_OK is activated for allowing closing or closing the circuit breaker. TheSYNC_OK output signal of SECRSYN is connected to ENA_CLOSE input ofCBXCBR through control logic. The function is block in case of line side or bus sideMCB is open.

SECRSYN1BLOCKCL_COMMANDBYPASS

SYNC_INPROSYNC_OK

CL_FAIL_ALCMD_FAIL_AL

LLDBLLLBDLLBDLDB

SECRSYN1_SYNC_OKBLOCK_SECRSYN1 SECRSYN1_SYNC_INPRO


ORB1B2

OX110_BI1_BUS_VT_MCB_OPENX110_BI2_LINE_VT_MCB_OPEN BLOCK_SECRSYN1

GUID-1054A5E9-E611-4D4B-82B5-5FD0AFE8CF66 V1 EN

Figure 358: Synchrocheck function



OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-A84A3976-BDA8-4343-96F1-1E436AF74BBE V1 EN





OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-5BC3FC2D-0BBF-40F3-84FD-34804A0A9354 V1 EN


The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm, circuit-breaker spring charging and synchronizing ok status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines if the disconnector or breaker truck isdefinitely either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This, togetherwith the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enablesignal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operation for circuitbreaker is always enabled.





OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



FALSE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-FB23770A-8BAD-4112-A6C0-3FC6A147B369 V2 EN


ORB1B2


GUID-93A451B8-88A1-42EF-91AA-36931009E5C6 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-A6E3FB5D-548A-4BC0-9CFF-BE0045FF8EC5 V1 EN


NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

ANDB1B2

O

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP



X110_BI4_CB_SPRING_CHARGEDSECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

GUID-65DF4D38-46C0-48E2-B04B-02CB5C300A09 V1 EN





ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-10E8EE71-A656-4915-AE6A-988A14303156 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-9F4607E1-4630-4C64-BD19-AA14BF6BFE16 V1 EN






The three-phase bus side phase voltage and single phase line side phase voltage inputsto the IED are measured by three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU1 andVMMXU2. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card in the back panel. Thesequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and theresidual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residual voltage.




HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-58044A48-84FA-4E5E-9CEF-962184380C35 V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-6F4AF6B3-2DBD-4BF8-8915-4226EA3FF1F8 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-119FD230-A037-434D-8A86-375BE112675E V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-A0A7875D-7234-4435-A673-0878D1176605 V1 EN




VSMSQI1

GUID-AE2F63C6-4370-4D54-881E-0F9B39B3A528 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-816E4CE2-6D0E-4608-B26D-DD624B2534F8 V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-41E615E2-EBA2-4540-8B56-1F686E8AD2A5 V1 EN


FMMXU1

GUID-C3BCC8EA-4599-44E6-B243-477458BCFD0A V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-FF640519-F00C-4B5E-940A-116E9FDB242B V1 EN

Figure 375: Other measurement: Three phase power and energy measurement


GUID-6EC9DC3E-40D6-4CBE-934E-54413CF6CC00 V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-F73B8068-4E12-4578-B988-C1AC326D5F8F V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED


X110_BI2_LINE_VT_MCB_OPEN

















GUID-02227A18-A1C5-4974-AA2E-7EDE98EE1777 V1 EN




X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-4BAA9A5D-93C8-4DB9-937F-05BE3716E9F2 V1 EN


OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

VOLTAGE_AND_FREQ_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO).X110-SO4




GUID-971007B0-0D89-4D4A-927A-82E43C25BD24 V1 EN


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

GENERAL_START_PULSE


X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-450761DF-7C25-462C-9057-343E83108300 V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

OX120_BI3_CB_OPENEDSECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATEPHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATE

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATEROVPTOV_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-C6926FBC-66DB-4EF0-BFA9-26D9D24FC3DA V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_INPRO

SSCBR1_ALARMS


TCSSCBR_ALARM

CCSPVC1_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-80EA7DF8-1DBE-4BFA-9086-E9202A417FB1 V2 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate, earth-fault operate andcombined voltage and frequency operate logic. The operate logics are connected to theminimum pulse timer TPGAPC for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs.The output from TPGAPC is connected to the binary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

ORB1B2

O


PHxPTOC_OPERATE


GUID-FCD29EFB-54DE-459E-94FB-F459C6E94443 V1 EN




TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O VOLTAGE_AND_FREQ_OPERATE_PULSEPHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATE

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-A3CADE4F-E483-4565-883D-8F8B63B1968E V1 EN

Figure 384: Timer logic for voltage and frequency operate pulse


The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,high-impedance fault detection PHIZ, runtime counter for machines and devicesMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be added based on the systemrequirements.

3.11 Standard configuration J

3.11.1 Applications

The standard configuration for directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection with phase voltage-based measurements, undervoltage and overvoltageprotection, frequency protection and measurement functions is mainly intended forcable and overhead-line feeder applications in isolated or resonant-eartheddistribution networks. The configuration also includes additional options for selectingearth-fault protection based on admittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.




3.11.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION



J


4

5


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE



1 -

2 3

1 2

SYNC25

O→I79

2×I2>46

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

Io>HA51NHA

3×3U<27

U2>47O-

U1<47U+

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

3×f>/f<,df/dt81

2×3I>→67-1

3I>>→67-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

PQM3IPQM3I

PQM3UPQM3V

PQMUPQMV

OR OR

I2/I1>46PD

18×MAPMAP

Io>>51N-2

2xRTD1xmA

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

3I

UL1UL2UL3

U12

U12

Uo

Io

Io

UL1

UL2

UL3

Uo

3I

Io

UL1UL2UL3

PQUUBPQVUB

3×

UL1

UL2

UL3

SOTFSOTF


94/86

3×2×

GUID-8736C89A-53BA-49B3-95A1-3984B605504F V2 EN

Figure 385: Functionality overview for standard configuration J

































LED Description1 Overcurrent protection operate

2 Earth-fault protection operate

3 Combined protection operated indication

4 Synchronism or energizing check OK







8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring

9 Circuit supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 Uo

6 U1

7 U2

8 U3

9 U1B

10 -

11 -

12 -










9 DEFHPDEF1 - start Positive or Rising











17 PSPTUV1 - start Positive or Rising

18 NSPTOV1 - start Positive or Rising










DPHHPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC2 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate







PHPTOV2 - operate

PHPTOV3 - operate


PHPTUV2 - operate

PHPTUV3 - operate


ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

PSPTUV1 - operate

NSPTOV1 - operate

38 SEQSPVC1 - fusef 3ph Level trigger off

39 SEQSPVC1 - fusef u Level trigger off




Channel ID text Level trigger mode40 CCSPVC1 - fail Level trigger off

41 X120 BI1 - ext OC blocking Level trigger off

42 X120 BI2 - CB closed Level trigger off

43 X120 BI3 - CB opened Level trigger off














FRPFRQ2 - operate

FRPFRQ3 - operate
















Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Threeof these include directional functionality DPHxPDOC. Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizingthe binary input X120:BI1.


OPERATESTART



GUID-B16AE694-A1BF-450D-AFA8-BE6CDEC14F31 V1 EN



OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_START

DPHLPDOC2_START

DPHHPDOC1_START

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

GUID-D8B8656A-F5D7-4449-94B4-CFE402EDE482 V1 EN





OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-E879BBBA-BEA6-4F5B-B22D-D183E8B345AA V1 EN




GUID-5F2F3BE0-927A-42F0-9413-CDA6C0FEC0F8 V1 EN




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-7196E7DF-D646-46E6-926E-736FA68E1350 V1 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM, wattmetric-based earth-faultprotection WPWDE or harmonics-based earth-fault protection HAEFPTOC. Inaddition, there is a dedicated protection stage INTRPTEF either for transient-based



earth-fault protection or for cable intermittent earth-fault protection in compensatednetworks.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

GUID-935D2178-A838-4D7B-BB64-98F1AEB3150A V1 EN



STARTBLK_EF


GUID-D4BE5EE6-0CD3-417E-99C6-88CE3B942A73 V1 EN




WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-088C6730-9479-4A5F-BB6B-4D6C674530DC V1 EN


EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-02FD43E2-5135-4D7C-BFBB-C12381B6FAA1 V1 EN




Non-directional (cross-country) earth-fault protection, using calculated Io,EFHPTOC1 protects against double earth-fault situations in isolated or compensatednetworks. This protection function uses the calculated residual current originatingfrom the phase currents.


OPERATESTART


GUID-D03A063B-438B-4282-B6B9-A61C404C25F5 V1 EN


Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 protects for interruptions in the normalthree-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations.



GUID-7D77A0CB-7E59-4161-9451-F93E1B7D34CF V1 EN




OPERATESTARTALARM



T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-52DD9079-0F13-411A-8C7E-B5A89065765E V1 EN







CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-8976FE81-F587-449A-95AA-7A7770B939A1 V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to the dedicated triplogic TRPPTRC3..5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 is available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-F3C5D80F-F26B-4B34-9C26-1F2F3FA0CA36 V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




GUID-B7398C9F-D767-4749-8AC2-149EEE9F478D V1 EN

Figure 399: ARC protection with dedicated HSO






The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED




SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE



EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-78730CDA-0F82-45A0-8789-A140F7490E50 V1 EN






START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_START

PHPTOV2_START

PHPTOV3_START

PHPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-45958B3A-52BD-4FDB-BEBA-97E966DFF9CF V1 EN



START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

PHPTUV3_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

GUID-1FD21003-8B8B-4C27-8C36-6E6B7785DCA7 V2 EN




The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.


START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-C6B6B1B9-0333-4C5E-B5C4-CBEF0393EA5E V1 EN




SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-C1F46B39-F8B7-410A-8EB2-3002D4DC009D V2 EN

Figure 404: Negative-sequence overvoltage protection function



SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-8D6416CF-9503-48F1-8B0E-82AFB0C0828B V2 EN

Figure 405: Positive-sequence undervoltage protection function

The selectable under-frequency or over-frequency protection FRPFRQ preventsdamage to network components under unwanted frequency conditions. The functionalso contains a selectable rate of change of the frequency (gradient) protection todetect an increase or decrease in the fast power system frequency at an early stage.This can be used as an early indication of a disturbance in the system.




OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_START

FRPFRQ2_START

FRPFRQ3_START

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-A37BDC66-1D13-4782-8EDA-B6A0E6BF51AF V1 EN





OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTOV1_OPERATE


PHPTUV1_OPERATE








PDNSPTOC1_START






GUID-4AE89BBA-5712-4794-BD10-F7633357B2DC V1 EN







TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O




NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE





X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUTGUID-6EC7CE50-1FDF-41DE-9846-42279F6657A4 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O




NSPTOC2_OPERATE


INTRPTEF1_OPERATE



EFHPTOC1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PSPTUV1_OPERATE

NSPTOV1_OPERATE





CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-F96CA689-B27A-4743-B3FF-9622054B771F V1 EN



The START and the OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to triggerthe disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbancerecorder depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals fromthe different functions and the few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbancerecorder.






TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


DEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF2_OPERATE EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PHPTUV1_OPERATE





CCBRBRF1_TRRET



DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START


PDNSPTOC1_START





SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

T1PTTR1_START

INRPHAR1_BLK2H

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

CCSPVC1_FAIL

DARREC1_INPRO

SECRSYN1_SYNC_INPRO


T1PTTR1_OPERATE


DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-4B658DCB-02B0-4C19-99C4-B10818FAA883 V2 EN



Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failure isdetected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that measure thecalculated sequence component currents to avoid unnecessary operation. However, itis not connected in the configuration.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-862FD482-2A71-456E-A9A9-B9502ECF948C V2 EN









GUID-DDDE0B45-9241-4A6D-9BB8-342D8DA0C295 V2 EN






OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-A891CCB2-2E51-4E87-9F7E-E0AFBFFCBBCA V1 EN


ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-DEA89B88-04ED-42EC-BC51-7EDCBD3556CF V1 EN





GUID-D93C83EB-1197-4108-97E1-D13E39536796 V1 EN


Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. The functions areblocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breaker opensignal.



TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-E92DD696-2EE5-4028-BE57-DA67C73C82C2 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-8E139357-424E-400B-A463-137229E9B0DC V1 EN

Figure 417: Logic for blocking trip circuit supervision


The main purpose of the synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN is to providecontrol over the closing of the circuit breakers in power networks to prevent theclosing, if conditions for synchronism are not detected. The energizing functionallows closing, for example, when one side of the breaker is dead.

SECRSYN measures the bus and line voltages and compares them to set conditions.When all the measured quantities are within set limits, the output SYNC_OK isactivated for allowing closing or closing the circuit breaker. The SYNC_OK outputsignal of SECRSYN is connected to ENA_CLOSE input of CBXCBR through controllogic. The function is blocked in case if line side or bus side MCB is open.


SYNC_INPROSYNC_OK


LLDBLLLBDLLBDLDB



ORB1B2


GUID-48E8F4CC-1F3E-43F5-AC2A-FBB39A7AF789 V1 EN




OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-4A1CF602-2F56-469C-9893-BDC9F793FA03 V1 EN





OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-EFCDB6F6-3081-4D3D-BB35-1A525173EE10 V1 EN



The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines if the disconnector or breaker truck isdefinitely either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This, togetherwith the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enablesignal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operation for circuitbreaker is always enabled.




OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE





CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-E24C973A-67F1-48CC-811F-067BFF2CEF28 V2 EN


ORB1B2


GUID-58728843-DCDD-473D-86E8-487CC8B5204F V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-2A26C519-C690-4A30-A7F2-5FF22E25DFFC V1 EN




Connect the additional signals by the application for closing of circuitbreaker.

NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

ANDB1B2

O

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP




GUID-58344D20-1E72-48D9-A977-3B88F4E67FD9 V1 EN



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-2B6B90C1-0B92-4F9F-B391-FDB2B58C31CE V1 EN




Connect additional signals for closing and opening of circuit breakerin local or remote mode, if applicable for the application.



ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-F71C5F96-7155-43CF-830F-96C7EF7B1DC3 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-F0B5A090-24EC-42AE-8655-589FABB92683 V1 EN







The power quality functions CMHAI1 and VMHAI1 can be used to measure theharmonic contents of the phase current and phase voltages. The voltage variation thatis sage and swells can be measured by the voltage variation function PHQVVR1. Bydefault, these power quality functions are not included in the configuration.Depending on the application, the needed logic connections can be made byPCM600.




HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-B0C3BB58-7029-49D0-9617-E432E26969E8 V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-6AF87ABD-4C95-4753-8827-F9CEC888853E V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-DC8A9472-37B2-420B-8C67-3257FA9694A2 V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-D77A125E-DEFF-46DA-8A1B-26E8E0A01888 V1 EN


VSMSQI1

GUID-058480EF-6AA8-4109-ABF4-843B260EAB37 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-9581AEE9-F675-455C-AA48-63283CB8C97C V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-CB365680-957F-4315-846E-F270429B72F5 V1 EN




FMMXU1

GUID-31F768F6-7FB2-41C6-A75E-A1E847791946 V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-48F72F18-D585-404E-A529-864E7BAA8907 V1 EN



GUID-114B06B5-7D33-47B0-9907-7F19931CBA43 V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-6906C86B-8A41-453A-B2AF-E24B37B288BF V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED



















GUID-61427C3B-4892-4EB7-843C-B841B51B84DE V1 EN




X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-DBCA4227-D1C9-470A-9ECB-0317EF860796 V1 EN


OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING


TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO).X110-SO4




GUID-33084EAB-5DF1-4A70-BF4D-95AE4156AA4E V1 EN


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

GENERAL_START_PULSE


X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-0C588A6D-2D14-452B-A1BB-61EC0150B7EC V1 EN




The LED main application sheet contains programmable LEDfunction blocks with initialization logic. If any LED function block ismissing, insert it from the object library.



LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ANDB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENEDSECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

PSPTUV1_OPERATE

NSPTOV1_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE


FREQUENCY_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-895A1F18-B4D8-473A-9B7F-4E8348D4A8FB V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_INPRO

SSCBR1_ALARMS


TCSSCBR_ALARM

CCSPVC1_ALARM

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-C15617B6-8B76-4110-991E-813E4030A66E V2 EN

Figure 443: Default LED connections



ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OC_OPERATE_PULSEEF_OPERATE_PULSEPHIPTOC1_OPERATE


DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-92ECDA59-537E-4B18-9CBA-8844F62DF4B8 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2




FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-9295344E-02C4-40E7-B098-8A31EBD29F66 V1 EN



The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,runtime counter for machines and devices MDSOPT and different types of timers andcontrol functions. These functions are not included in application configuration butthey can be added based on the system requirements.

3.12 Standard configuration K

3.12.1 Applications

The standard configuration for directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection with phase voltage-based measurements, high-impendance restrictedearth-fault protection, undervoltage and overvoltage protection, frequency protectionand measurement functions is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feederapplications in isolated or resonant-earthed distribution networks. The configurationalso includes additional options for selecting earth-fault protection based onadmittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.




3.12.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION



PQUUBPQVUB

K

- I, U, Io, Uo, P, Q, E, pf, f- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- Symmetrical components

5

5


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE



1 -

2 3

1 2

3I>51P-1

3I>>51P-2

SYNC25

O→I79

2×I2>46

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86


94/86

3×2×

2×3U<27

2×3U>59

2×Uo>59G

3×f>/f<,df/dt81

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

Io>>>50N/51N

18×MAPMAP

2×TCSTCM

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

OPTSOPTM

3I>→67-1

3I>>→67-2

dIoHi>87NH

3Ith>F49F

PQM3IPQM3I

PQM3UPQM3V

PQMUPQMV

Io>>51N-2

Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

FLOC21FL

2×Io>

51N-1

3I

3I

Uo

UL1

UL2

UL3

U12

U12

Io

Io

Io

Iob

UL1

UL2

UL3

Uo

3×

SOTFSOTF

GUID-8CD5AE89-755F-489F-8B47-DC1ADF541EE7 V2 EN

Figure 446: Functionality overview for standard configuration K

3.12.2.1 Default IO connections














X130-BI2 Circuit breaker closed position indication

X130-BI3 Circuit breaker open position indication








X100-PO4 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 2 or EFLPTOC2 operated

X110-SO1 -



X110-SO4 Voltage or frequency protection operate alarm





LED Description1 Overcurrent protection operate

2 Earth-fault protection operate

3 Combined protection operation indication

4 Synchronism or energizing check Ok

5 Frequency protection operated

6 Circuit breaker failure protection operated





8 High impedance restricted earth-fault protection operated

9 Circuit breaker condition monitoring or supervision alarm






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 IoB

6 Uo

7 U1

8 U2

9 U3

10 U1B

11 -

12 -














13 DEFHPDEF1 - start Positive or Rising














24 HREFPDIF1 - start Positive or Rising




PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate

28 DPHLPDOC1 - operate Level trigger off

DPHHPDOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


EFLPTOC2 - operate

EFHPTOC1 - operate

EFIPTOC1 - operate

31 DEFLPDEF1 - operate Level trigger off

DEFHPDEF1 - operate




PHPTOV2 - operate


PHPTUV2 - operate


ROVPTOV2 - operate


FRPFRQ2 - operate

FRPFRQ3 - operate







Channel ID text Level trigger mode41 X130BI1 - ext OC blocking Level trigger off


























The functional diagrams describe the protection functionality of the IEDs in detail andaccording to the factory set default connections.

Five overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Twoof them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC. Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizingthe binary input X130: BI1.


OPERATESTART

PHHPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_START


OPERATESTART

PHLPTOC1_OPERATEPHLPTOC1_START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OPHIPTOC1_OPERATE


PHxPTOC_OPERATE


OPERATESTART



GUID-BD0A9F06-B0A0-4DA9-B6C7-FDED4A790786 V1 EN



OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_START

DPHLPDOC1_START

ORB1B2

ODPHHPDOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

GUID-4F6D1599-A6AE-4742-8599-84B85535E2B5 V1 EN






GUID-C4B49350-27F3-4310-AC69-1B01CD67F03B V1 EN


Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1 and NSPTOC2 areprovided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect thefeeder against phase unbalance. Both the negative sequence overcurrent protectionsare blocked in case of detection in failure in secondary circuit of current transformer.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

CCSPVC1_FAIL

CCSPVC1_FAIL

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-6143300A-A295-45FC-A14A-D0F05747F5E5 V2 EN


Six stages are provided for earth-fault protection. Two stages are dedicated fordirectional earth-fault protection. Apart from these earth-fault protection functions,configuration also includes a dedicated high impedance restricted earth-faultprotection function.




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_START

EFLPTOC2_START

EFHPTOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-352E2951-3663-401F-BC95-B122314EFA0C V1 EN



OPERATESTART

DEFLPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF1_START

ORB1B2

ODEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFLPDEF1_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFHPDEF1_START

GUID-2075A819-3231-435A-B225-58D2867B062B V1 EN




HREFPDIF1BLOCK OPERATE

STARTHREFPDIF1_OPERATEHREFPDIF1_START

GUID-8034927A-76EB-4106-8ACE-2408181CF096 V1 EN

Figure 453: High impedance restricted earth-fault protection function



OPERATESTARTALARM



GUID-260F8A52-6DC6-41E9-9AA2-F37CBA88AB14 V1 EN


Fault locator SCEFRFLO1 provides impedance-based fault location. Function istriggered by operation of non-directional overcurrent and earth-fault protectionfunction. However the outputs of fault locator are not connected to any logic and thoseneeds to be connected as per application need.

SCEFRFLO1BLOCKTRIGGTRIGG_XC0F

ALARMOR6

B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE



EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

GUID-129824AC-339E-453E-A209-6C2D79259970 V1 EN

Figure 455: Fault locator function

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 is initiated via the START input bynumber of different protection functions available in the IED. The breaker-failureprotection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuitbreaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

X130_BI2_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE









T1PTTR1_OPERATE

HREFPDIF1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATEROVPTOV1_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-A6BB61D9-2267-4355-866D-55408AF32653 V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 is available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-AA383A83-5B29-4DF4-B7BB-9F3186903F21 V1 EN



TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




GUID-AFC36F56-2F9B-4C33-8C04-2116CFD0297A V1 EN






The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosure sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O


X130_BI3_CB_OPENED



SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATE




T1PTTR1_OPERATE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-5BF9F709-886D-4561-8CBB-9DE15AE6E47C V1 EN


Two overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV and PHPTUV offerprotection against abnormal phase voltage conditions. A failure in the voltagemeasuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure function and the activation isconnected to block undervoltage protection functions to avoid faulty tripping.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O


X130_BI3_CB_OPENED



SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATE




T1PTTR1_OPERATE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-873C22AC-CAFC-429D-AD5B-A1CA03F9E526 V1 EN



START


START

ORB1B2

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

Grouped function operate

GUID-F2B553C3-1F96-411C-A8A5-197147FD8399 V2 EN


The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the earth-fault functionality.




START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-02DC3919-900F-41A1-82DA-28B3FE236F56 V1 EN






OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_START

FRPFRQ2_START

FRPFRQ3_START

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-9DB8C268-09ED-4691-97DE-09B32356C078 V1 EN


General start and operate signals from all the functions are connected to minimumpulse timer TPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. Theoutput from TPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


EFLPTOC1_OPERATE








T1PTTR1_OPERATE

HREFPDIF1_OPERATE



PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_START

EFLPTOC1_STARTEFLPTOC2_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTUV1_STARTPHPTUV2_START

ROVPTOV1_STARTROVPTOV2_START


HREFPDIF1_START

PHIPTOC1_STARTDPHHPDOC1_STARTDPHLPDOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_STARTDEFHPDEF1_STARTDEFLPDEF1_START

T1PTTR1_START

NSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_START

GUID-29DD10F3-A445-41EC-825E-B0DDAF31F9EF V1 EN







TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O










T1PTTR1_OPERATEHREFPDIF1_OPERATE



GUID-1BC54F36-8AC5-4EB7-AA07-F0067D846955 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O










T1PTTR1_OPERATE

HREFPDIF1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-8F89045C-9F78-4696-AC8F-4B261C696B3E V1 EN







TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

DARREC1_CLOSE_CB


SECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


EFLPTOC1_OPERATE








T1PTTR1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_START

EFLPTOC1_STARTEFLPTOC2_STARTEFHPTOC1_START

PHPTOV1_STARTPHPTOV2_STARTPHPTUV1_STARTPHPTUV2_START

ROVPTOV1_STARTROVPTOV2_START


HREFPDIF1_START

PHIPTOC1_START

DPHHPDOC1_STARTDPHLPDOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

DEFHPDEF1_STARTDEFLPDEF1_START

T1PTTR1_START

NSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_START


SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U


INRPHAR1_BLK2H

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

SECRSYN1_SYNC_INPRO


DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-E051CE94-0FA6-4017-AD62-9DAD14D58501 V2 EN



Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1. When a failure isdetected, it can be used to block current protection functions that measure thecalculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessaryoperation.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-5544B5AF-888D-4318-AF12-B69C37BCF99A V2 EN


The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1 detects failures in the voltage measurementcircuits at bus side. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.







GUID-58EAF3FE-89B5-4E66-8EBE-35EDD5887A78 V2 EN





OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-80C77788-4448-4D27-A555-09847AE3A849 V1 EN


ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-8A486EE3-4B7E-4215-9A28-00988D28ACF1 V1 EN



GUID-E80805A2-511D-4DAC-AB63-77FD598E7AD7 V1 EN


Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. Both functions are



blocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2 and the circuit breaker opensignal.


TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-24DC11D9-925E-4A66-B557-E98F24BBE186 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X130_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-6CBCCEE3-8358-4C86-A07B-3877DB98679B V1 EN



The main purpose of the synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN is to providecontrol over the closing of the circuit breakers in power networks to prevent theclosing if conditions for synchronism are not detected. The energizing function allowsclosing, for example, when one side of the breaker is dead.

SECRSYN measures the bus and line voltages and compares them to set conditions.When all the measured quantities are within set limits, the output SYNC_OK isactivated for allowing closing or closing the circuit breaker. The SYNC_OK outputsignal of SECRSYN is connected to ENA_CLOSE input of CBXCBR through controllogic. The function is blocked in case of line side or bus side MCB is open.




SYNC_INPROSYNC_OK


LLDBLLLBDLLBDLDB



ORB1B2


GUID-AC5A98E3-6E38-4375-A1F0-D1BAAB2EF652 V1 EN




OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-64E418EC-C238-4803-ABDE-873BECA27B1B V1 EN



OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-E115D13F-E322-49D5-BF4D-C4ADE480305D V1 EN

Figure 477: Earthing switch control logic








OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE





CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-38527A0A-7F5E-4C8B-8155-2544FA45C4ED V2 EN


Connect the addition signals required by the application for closingand opening coil of circuit breaker.

ORB1B2


GUID-84F9FA17-9CAC-4B05-9BBB-041DCB249220 V1 EN

Figure 479: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for closing coil of circuit breaker1

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CB_OPEN_COMMAND

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

CBXCBR1_EXE_OPTRPPTRC1_TRIP

DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-C5BCF098-8F91-4484-B7C4-C737DF86A0B3 V1 EN

Figure 480: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for opening coil of circuit breaker1

Connect higher-priority conditions before enabling the closing ofcircuit breaker. These conditions cannot be bypassed using bypassfeature of the function.



NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

ANDB1B2

O

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP




GUID-6EE55602-0579-4751-A44B-FC1A13105BB7 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-4D4C77CA-EB68-43E8-A9EB-D1CF7DB35836 V1 EN


The configuration includes logic for generating circuit breaker external closing andopening command with IED in local or remote mode.


Connect the additional signals for opening and closing of circuitbreaker in local or remote mode, if applicable for the configuration.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-4E30020D-F965-4959-9286-5AD3DDDDC462 V1 EN




ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-3D63AADE-4D5E-47D2-B05F-54245A9157E8 V1 EN




The current input to high impedance restricted earth fault protection function ismeasured by RESCMMXU2.




The power quality functions CMHAI1 and VMHAI1 can be used to measure theharmonic contents of the phase current and phase voltages. The voltage variation, thatis, sage and swells can be measured by the voltage variation function PHQVVR1. Bydefault these power quality functions are not included in the configuration. Therequired logic connections can be made depending on the application using PCM600.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-E62D2A19-1203-43F8-BFD7-D422CCC20304 V1 EN




CSMSQI1

GUID-4D375BC8-564E-482C-B177-E3C4D5F9EBE6 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-424FF806-E6A8-4646-88E1-BBAFB01C82DF V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-379259F9-519B-46DC-92CB-CE3A85A46243 V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-7D60D10E-C412-4031-A343-6A4BCE7810F8 V1 EN


VSMSQI1

GUID-C3A052EA-E5B0-471F-94E1-C49CB0174319 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-DC329C78-B66C-4730-BAE8-22AE407C758F V1 EN



HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-4E2D2CFC-5410-429F-990D-A2DA07506D00 V1 EN




FMMXU1

GUID-ED9BF264-F1EA-4A40-B9BA-CE67B5B4C46D V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-D9E08F0F-DC98-462E-BBF8-B06BFA9EA144 V1 EN

Figure 494: Other measurement: Three phase power and energy measurement


GUID-E8A8CC10-4013-4CDD-8526-7BB04BF5F04C V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-A6EEC867-36F5-4D71-9024-7F71C97AA8B1 V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED



















GUID-BF5177A7-61AF-4AB5-A41D-A114B728C0BE V1 EN

Figure 497: Binary input - X110 terminal block



X130_BI3_CB_OPENED

X130_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X130 (AIM).X130-Input 4GUID-83B68F9E-9C82-4634-AABB-FD6276D53FCC V1 EN

Figure 498: Binary input - X130 terminal block

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE


TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3

X110 (BIO).X110-SO4




GUID-913C45BD-2D0C-4190-8840-B583CC22480C V1 EN

Figure 499: Binary output - X110 terminal block

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GENERAL_START_PULSE


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIPEFLPTOC2_OPERATE

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4

GUID-B5EEF0BF-79E0-48FD-8992-7C0995E921BF V1 EN

Figure 500: Binary output - X100 terminal block



LED5OKALARMRESET

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

LED2OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


LED1OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

ODPHxPDOC_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

LED3OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OT1PTTR1_OPERATEPHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATE

NSPTOC_OPERATE

LED4OKALARMRESET

ANDB1B2

OX130_BI3_CB_OPENEDSECRSYN1_SYNC_OK

GUID-656238B5-B8BC-4D19-943B-661853C3E8FC V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

HREFPDIF1_OPERATE


DARREC1_INPRO


TCSSCBR_ALARM

CCSPV1_ALARMSSCBR1_ALARMS

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-C2E52A06-56A7-4873-AFE7-FDFD36BCC39D V2 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2


HREFPDIF1_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATEPHxPTOC_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATEEFxPTOC_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-98FEF423-1220-41F3-A88B-6B44E8A1CDF5 V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

VOLTAGE_AND_FREQ_OPERATE_PULSEPHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATE

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-59484B34-0407-4D36-B78B-DBE34269795B V1 EN



The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,high-impedance fault detection PHIZ, runtime counter for machines and devicesMDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions. These functions are notincluded in application configuration but they can be based on the systemrequirements.

3.13 Standard configuration L

3.13.1 Applications

The standard configuration for directional overcurrent and directional earth-faultprotection with phase voltage-based measurements, undervoltage and overvoltageprotection, frequency protection and measurement functions is mainly intended forcable and overhead-line feeder applications in isolated or resonant-eartheddistribution networks. The configuration also includes additional options for selectingearth-fault protection based on admittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.


Standard configuration L provides the highest functionality level of REF615 standardconfigurations supporting sensor inputs. Standard configuration L is deliveredpreconfigured with directional overcurrent protection but it also supports non-directional overcurrent protection as well as directional overpower. Depending on thespecific feeder application, the appropriate functionality can be selected and an ownconfiguration created with the Application Configuration tool in PCM600. Standardconfiguration L is not designed for using all the available functionality content in oneIED at the same time. To ensure the performance of the IED, the user specificconfiguration load is verified with the Application Configuration tool of PCM600.



3.13.2 Functions


ORAND



RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


OR

Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3×

REF615

COMMUNICATION

Protocols: IEC 61850-8-1 IEC 61850-9-2LE Modbus®


L

ALSO AVAILABLE



MEASUREMENT

- I, U, Io, P, Q, E, pf, f- Limit value supervision- Load profile record- Symmetrical components

3

3


Current sensor

Voltage sensor

1Current transformer1) Combi sensor inputs with conventional Io

input

CONTROL AND INDICATION 1)


CB

DC




1 -

2 3

1 2

O→I79

2×I2>46

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86


94/86

3×2×

Io>>51N-2

3I>>→67-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

PQM3IPQM3I

PQM3UPQM3V

PQMUPQMV

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

18×MAPMAP

FLOC21FL

I2/I1>46PD

3I>51P-1

3I>>51P-2

P>/Q>32R/32O

Q>→, 3U<32Q, 27

PQUUBPQVUB

3I>→67-1

3I

Io

3×3U<27

U2>47O-

U1<47U+

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

f>/f<,df/dt81

Io

Uo

IoIo

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

Io>HA51NHA

OR OR

2×U

L1U

L2U

L3

Io>51N-1

Io>>>50N/51N

Io>→Y67YN

VS78V

U<RT27RT

IEC 61850-9-2LE

3I3×

SOTFSOTF

SYNC25

2×

2×

2× 2×

6×

3×

2×

UL1

UL1UL2UL3

GUID-A240AB33-E70D-4471-A934-D2603FE3E6FE V3 EN

Figure 504: Functionality overview for standard configuration L






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI1 Circuit breaker plug not inserted

X110-BI2 Circuit breaker spring discharged








Binary output DescriptionX100-PO1 Release for circuit breaker closing

X100-PO2 Circuit breaker close command

X100-SO1 Release for circuit breaker tuck

X100-SO2 Release for earthing switch

X100-PO3 Circuit breaker open command






LED Description1 Circuit breaker close enabled

2 Short circuit protection operated


4 Current unbalance protection operated

5 NPS or PPS voltage protection operated

6 Overvoltage or residual overvoltage protection operated


8 Undervoltage or frequency protection operated

9 Supervision alarm


11 -






2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 U1

6 U2

7 U3

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -









EFPADM1 - start

WPWDE1 - start


EFPADM2 - start

WPWDE2 - start


WPWDE3 - start











Channel ID text Level trigger mode17 PSPTUV1 - start Positive or Rising

18 NSPTOV1 - start Positive or Rising










DPHHPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC1 - operate

DPHLPDOC2 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


DEFLPDEF1 - operate

DEFLPDEF2 - operate

EFPADM1 - operate

EFPADM2 - operate

EFPADM3 - operate

WPWDE1 - operate

WPWDE2 - operate

WPWDE3 - operate






ROVPTOV2 - operate

ROVPTOV3 - operate

PSPTUV1 - operate

NSPTOV2 - operate

38 SEQSPVC - fusef3ph Level trigger off






Channel ID text Level trigger mode35 PHPTOV1 - operate Level trigger off

PHPTOV2 - operate

PHPTOV3 - operate


PHPTUV2 - operate

PHPTUV3 - operate












48 DARREC1 - inpro Positive or Rising

49 FRPFRQ1 - start Level trigger off



52 FRPFRQ - operate Positive or Rising

FRPFRQ2 - operate

FRPFRQ3 - operate




The phase currents to the IED are fed from Rogowski or Combi sensors. The residualcurrent to the IED is fed from either residually connected CTs, an external corebalance CT, neutral CT or internally calculated.

The phase voltages to the IED are fed from Combi sensors. The residual voltage isinternally calculated.







Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Threeof them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC.


OPERATESTART


GUID-BD8968B4-3161-4D6F-9B9D-FD51C828C872 V1 EN



OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHHPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC1_START

DPHLPDOC2_START

DPHHPDOC1_START

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

GUID-2AC404B1-6335-45C6-B65A-549C6348C40E V1 EN

Figure 506: Directional overcurrent protection functions

The upstream blocking from the start of the second low stage of three-phasedirectional overcurrent protection DPHLPDOC2 is connected to the binary output.



This signal is not connected in the configuration. This output can be used for sendinga blocking signal to the relevant overcurrent protection stage of the IED at theinfeeding bay.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

ODPHLPDOC2_START

GUID-7AEA0818-3740-426B-89CB-128FC04D5E3D V1 EN




GUID-8A44950A-08F8-487A-8285-291BBBFC04C7 V1 EN




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

GUID-9F91B557-1412-4CB4-897C-9D4BEBCC31F4 V1 EN


Three stages are provided for directional earth-fault protection. According to theIED's order code, the directional earth-fault protection method can be based onconventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEF only or alternatively used togetherwith admittance-based earth-fault protection EFPADM or wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE or harmonics-based earth-fault protection HAEFPTOC. Adedicated protection stage INTRPTEF is used either for transient-based earth-faultprotection or for cable intermittent earth-fault protection in compensated networks.




OPERATESTART



OPERATESTART


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


DEFxPDEF_OPERATE


OPERATESTART

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATEDEFHPDEF1_START

GUID-5DBE7FA7-715A-4972-99C1-D5D5B0E7DEF4 V1 EN



STARTBLK_EF


GUID-C7EF270A-B48D-4BC2-A108-0E1F0A22A24F V1 EN




WPWDE1BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE2BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

WPWDE3BLOCKRCA_CTL

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE1_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

WPWDE1_START

WPWDE2_START

WPWDE3_START

WPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-2415F7DF-2F35-4B56-B26E-A99FD8140D7B V1 EN


EFPADM1BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM2BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

EFPADM3BLOCKRELEASE

OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM3_OPERATE

EFPADM1_START

EFPADM2_START

EFPADM3_START

EFPADM_OPERATE

GUID-DB548625-AE6E-4629-80D7-65C17D2726B1 V1 EN




Non-directional (cross-country) earth-fault protection, using calculated Io,EFHPTOC1 protects from double earth-fault situations in isolated or compensatednetworks. The protection function uses the calculated residual current originatingfrom the phase currents.


OPERATESTART


GUID-5F955CEE-D4DA-4562-9D85-A3924AE2E777 V1 EN





GUID-4030CC9B-C67C-4C3F-9735-046BCA54C9A2 V1 EN




OPERATESTARTALARM



T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-D24BA182-57B6-45D4-9D7D-DE6431A2D40D V1 EN


Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 is initiated via the START input by anumber of different protection functions available in the IED. The breaker failureprotection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuitbreaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.

The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET andTRBU. The TRRET operate output is used for retripping its own breaker throughTRPPTRC2_TRIP. The same TRRET output is also connected to the binary outputX100:PO4.




CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OCCBRBRF1_TRRET

X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED



EFPADM2_OPERATE

DEFLPDEF2_OPERATEDEFHPDEF1_OPERATE


EFPADM3_OPERATE

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GUID-E6CCE23A-E287-45F4-86DF-14AF5240AE95 V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The output of TRPPTRC3...5 is available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-B9E0D769-8CF3-4292-AE05-BED577FCEAAA V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

GUID-2C084651-18B3-4B64-A2A8-FA002A7A2789 V1 EN







The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to the binary output X100:PO2.





INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CBXCBR1_CLOSE_ENAD

DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

X110_BI3_CB_OPENED

DARREC1_OPEN_CB

WPWDE2_OPERATE

WPWDE3_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

INTRPTEF1_OPERATE

EFPADM2_OPERATEDEFLPDEF2_OPERATE

DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE



EFPADM3_OPERATE

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

ARCSARCx_OPERATE

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-D0E92975-43CA-4C06-ADD5-171BC5C5EC2B V1 EN






START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV2_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_START

PHPTOV2_START

PHPTOV3_START

PHPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-132F1D97-2E54-4924-B2BD-AA4FF9188285 V1 EN



START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV2_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV3_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_START

PHPTUV2_START

PHPTUV3_START

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

PHPTUV_OPERATE

GUID-495CB32C-5BEB-47DB-ADB3-5FE266D3482D V2 EN




The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV provides earth fault protection bydetecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example, as anonselective backup protection for the selective directional earth-fault functionality.


START


START


START

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV2_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV3_OPERATE

ROVPTOV1_START

ROVPTOV2_START

ROVPTOV3_START

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

GUID-2155DB79-DEBD-4DD9-9384-FD5352967608 V1 EN




SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-911F6005-2A2B-4012-85F8-BC6D88B453B6 V2 EN

Figure 523: Negative sequence overvoltage protection function



SEQSPVC1_FUSEF_U

GUID-A60BCAA1-D381-4F34-9C15-56DD20DA737E V2 EN

Figure 524: Positive sequence undervoltage protection function





OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG


OPR_OFRQOPR_UFRQ

OPR_FRGSTART

ST_OFRQST_UFRQ

ST_FRG

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ3_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ2_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_OPERATE

FRPFRQ1_START

FRPFRQ2_START

FRPFRQ3_START

FREQUENCY_OPERATE

GUID-F8133DC0-F5B6-4B19-993B-A88C87927D48 V1 EN


General start and operate signals from all functions are connected to minimum pulsetimer TPGAPC for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC can be connected to binary outputs. However, these are not connected in theconfiguration.

If a new protection function block is added to the configuration, checkthe activation logic and add connections.



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



PHPTOV1_OPERATE



PHPTUV1_OPERATE




PDNSPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATEINTRPTEF1_OPERATE



DEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


DPHLPDOC1_OPERATE


EFPADM3_OPERATE




PDNSPTOC1_START






GUID-97753A90-F609-4FF1-BE07-E1E93BFC70E6 V1 EN


The operate signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logicsTRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2. The output from TRPPTRC1 trip logic functions isavailable at binary output X100:PO3. The trip logic functions are provided with alockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration setting. Ifthe lockout operation mode is required, the binary input has been assigned toRST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3..4 are also available if the IED is ordered with highspeed binary outputs options.




TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TRPPTRC1_TRIP

PHPTUV2_OPERATEPHPTUV3_OPERATEFRPFRQ1_OPERATEFRPFRQ2_OPERATEFRPFRQ3_OPERATE

PHPTOV1_OPERATEPHPTOV2_OPERATEPHPTOV3_OPERATEPSPTUV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_OPERATEPHPTUV1_OPERATE






DEFLPDEF2_OPERATEDEFLPDEF1_OPERATEDEFHPDEF1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC2_OPERATEDPHHPDOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE


EFPADM3_OPERATE

GUID-67E2C6C0-D9A7-438A-824C-80B14965AE5E V1 EN




OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

TRPPTRC2_TRIP




PSPTUV1_OPERATE

NSPTOV1_OPERATE

PHPTUV1_OPERATE







PHIPTOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC2_OPERATEDPHHPDOC1_OPERATEDPHLPDOC1_OPERATE


EFPADM3_OPERATE

GUID-C7506F05-1EE1-466B-B904-923D2568A6EC V1 EN



The START and OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to trigger thedisturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbance recorderdepending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals from differentfunctions and few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbance recorder.

The disturbance recorder main application sheet contains disturbancerecorder function block and the connections to the variables.

Once the order of signals connected to the binary inputs of RDRE ischanged, make the changes to the parameter setting tool.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

DARREC1_CLOSE_CB






PHPTUV1_OPERATE ARCSARC1_OPERATEARCSARC2_OPERATEARCSARC3_OPERATE




PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHLPDOC2_OPERATE



T1PTTR1_OPERATE



DEFLPDEF1_START

DEFLPDEF2_START

DEFHPDEF1_START


PDNSPTOC1_START




T1PTTR1_START

SEQPVC1_FUSEF_U

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

INRPHAR1_BLK2H

SEQPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

CCSPVC1_FAIL

DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-61109734-AD19-4B16-A9AF-B54576A65C0C V2 EN



CCSPVC1 detects the failure in the current measuring circuits. When a failure isdetected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that measure thecalculated sequence component currents to avoid unnecessary operation. However, itis not connected in the configuration.

CCSPVC1BLOCK FAIL


GUID-A83F6FE3-8FB5-4364-B2CF-C4660FCE0E45 V2 EN






FUSEF_3PHFUSEF_UX110_BI4_CB_CLOSED SEQPVC1_FUSEF_U

SEQPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

GUID-DDF6EFE9-7547-4CAD-8158-4A1A568C6B76 V2 EN






OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO


CB_OPEN_COMMANDCB_CLOSE_COMMAND


CB_SPRING_CHARGEDX110_BI2_CB_SPRING_DISCHARGED


GUID-E3A89E30-4683-4F71-9306-6549552846DE V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-8DDFC2EE-F3B0-4CB9-9230-FC0D1493C37F V1 EN


NOTIN OUT CB_SPRING_CHARGEDX110_BI2_CB_SPRING_DISCHARGED

GUID-90C81E51-8D41-46C0-A945-49469661F78F V1 EN

Figure 534: Logic for start of circuit-breaker spring charged

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1 for poweroutput X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2 for power output X100:PO4. The functions areblocked by the master trip, TRPPTRC1 and TRPPTRC2, and the binary inputX110:BI1 indicating IED plug out.



It is assumed that there is an external resistor in the circuit breakertripping coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breakernormally open auxiliary contact.


TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-5248E2A0-0212-41A0-9124-40151EA71FA9 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

X110_BI3_CB_OPENED

TRPPTRC1_TRIPTRPPTRC2_TRIP

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

GUID-1C0AD672-5573-4348-AADA-DB5EA1326A76 V1 EN



Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type, and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected instandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information are connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1.

The configuration includes closed enable interlocking logic for disconnector andearthing switch. These signals are available for binary outputs X100:SO1 andX100:SO2.




OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O DC1_CLOSE_ENABLEESSXSWI1_OPENPOSCBXCBR1_OPENPOS

GUID-142CE220-F290-41CB-9E39-1B7080026BEB V1 EN

Figure 537: Disconnector interlocking logic

Connect the additional signals for the application for closing ofearthing switch.


OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O ES1_CLOSE_ENABLEDX110_BI5_CB_TRUCK_IN_TEST

X110_BI1_PLUG_OUT

GUID-C582C1A4-2E92-40E3-A812-CC44D1A1FE46 V1 EN

Figure 538: Earthing switch close enable logic

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of thedisconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines whether disconnector or breaker truck iseither open (in test position) or close (in service position). This output, together withthe open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enable signal tothe circuit breaker control function block. The open operation for circuit breaker isalways enabled.






OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE

CBXCBR1_CLOSE_ENAD

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSECBXCBR1_EXE_CL


CBXCBR1_BLK_CLOSE

CBXCBR1_EXE_OP

FALSE


CBXCBR1_OPENPOS

CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-41D06A2F-930F-4252-8791-66809C2B53A5 V2 EN



ORB1B2


GUID-13E343ED-6BDF-4C49-B87C-9102858743F6 V1 EN

Figure 540: Circuit breaker control logic: Signal for closing coil of circuit breaker 1

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-C50B912E-F0EE-4D07-8BB5-3BCCF0706C4F V1 EN

Figure 541: Circuit breaker control logic: Signal for opening coil of circuit breaker1

NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

ANDB1B2

O

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP


TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CB_SPRING_CHARGED

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-29BE55F8-E969-45D3-A784-E733A8E28552 V2 EN




Connect the higher-priority conditions before enabling the closing ofcircuit breaker. These conditions cannot be bypassed with bypassfeature of the function.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


GUID-ADBC0393-0928-425B-BD65-5AC7F54440EA V1 EN

Figure 543: Circuit breaker close blocking logic



Connect the additional signal for closing and opening of circuitbreaker in local or remote mode if applicable for the configuration.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-3C821932-5AE1-49F7-9179-4414221BC7A8 V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-7BBD30FE-55C8-4869-8680-91BFF424703E V1 EN



The phase current inputs to the IED are measured by the three-phase currentmeasurement function CMMXU1. The three phase current input is connected to theX131, X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three phases. The sequence currentmeasurement CSMSQI1 measures the sequence current and the residual current



measurement RESCMMXU1 measures the residual current. Residual current input isconnected to the X130 card in the back panel.

The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the IED are measured by three-phasevoltage measurement VMMXU1. The three-phase current input is connected to theX131, X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three-phases. The sequence voltagemeasurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and the residual voltagemeasurement RESCMMXU1 measures the voltage current.


The frequency measurement FMMXU1 of the power system and the three-phasepower and energy measurement PEMMXU1 are available. The load profile functionLDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1 offers the ability toobserve the loading history of the corresponding feeder.

The power quality functions CMHAI1 and VMHAI1 can be used to measure theharmonic contents of the phase current and phase voltages. The voltage variation, thatis, sage and swells can be measured by the voltage variation function PHQVVR1. Bydefault, these power quality functions are not included in the configuration. Therequired logic connections can be made depending on the application by PCM600.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-5CF6151E-675F-4D52-A05B-76747273B4C3 V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-174871F1-2798-4488-858C-65138C7DAAA5 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-1256C1B6-5D8B-463D-B7D3-037188280FCE V1 EN





HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-A7110FEF-3870-45F8-B88B-3D93F2930B03 V1 EN


VSMSQI1

GUID-690B0379-F909-4B29-B4E0-9CFE7E2D04A9 V1 EN


FMMXU1

GUID-9CA9AC9F-F655-4388-B8DF-D7F3976303E8 V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-F0DE06C2-085C-4D22-A335-BCD31825A860 V1 EN



GUID-AF81ADD7-B8B0-4909-A853-BB2833B97F4C V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-EEB651DB-EF5B-4AC5-A36C-5DD219289DAE V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

X110_BI3_CB_OPENED

X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED



X110_BI7_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI8_ES1_CLOSED

X110_BI1_PLUG_OUT

X110_BI2_CB_SPRING_DISCHARGED

















GUID-F81BB3AC-2639-42F9-ABA0-2078F82B6371 V1 EN

Figure 555: Default binary inputs - X110 terminal block



TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP



X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO3GUID-666BBFAD-0EF6-4707-99A3-7A5BF35CC725 V1 EN


CB_OPEN_COMMAND

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

DC1_CLOSE_ENABLE

ES1_CLOSE_ENABLED

CCBRBRF1_TRRET

CBXCBR1_CLOSE_ENAD

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

GUID-E3B54637-D2EA-41F7-9C10-645647E5F8D6 V1 EN




LED2OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

OPHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

LED3OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFHPTOC1_OPERATEINTRPTEF1_OPERATEDEFxPDEF_OPERATE

LED4OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


LED5OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

OPSPTUV1_OPERATENSPTOV1_OPERATE

LED1OKALARMRESET

CBXCBR1_CLOSE_ENAD

GUID-BCE4BD5B-5020-4EDB-9AE0-51D6BFE8C7C6 V2 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TCSSCBR_ALARM

SEQPVC1_FUSEF_U

ROVPTOV_OPERATEPHPTOV_OPERATE

PHPTUV_OPERATEFRPFRQ_OPERATE

SEQPVC1_FUSEF_3PH

CCSPVC1_ALARM

SSCBR1_ALARMS

T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-6D8DB1A3-1324-42F8-8128-9C5970CDF40A V2 EN

Figure 558: Default LED connections


The configuration also includes overcurrent operate, earth-fault operate andcombined voltage & frequency operate logic. The operate logics are connected to theminimum pulse timer TPGAPC for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs.The output from TPGAPC is connected to binary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

EFHPTOC1_OPERATEINTRPTEF1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

DEFxPDEF_OPERATE

DPHxPDOC_OPERATE

ROVPTOV_OPERATE

EFPADM_OPERATEWPWDE_OPERATE

GUID-7C6F304B-7652-4BC3-9CBE-996F73C8DBA7 V1 EN




TPGAPC3IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHPTOV_OPERATEPHPTUV_OPERATEFRPFRQ_OPERATE

GUID-C791951B-7C53-4683-8683-F0DDB1CD50AF V1 EN



The configuration includes few instances of multipurpose protection MAPGAPC,runtime counter for machines and devices MDSOPT and different types of timers andcontrol functions and optional fault locator. These functions are not included inapplication configuration but they can be added based on the system requirements.

3.14 Standard configuration N

3.14.1 Applications

The standard configuration N provides the highest functionality level of all theREF615 standard configurations. Standard configuration N is delivered as pre-configured with the same configuration as standard configuration D. Standardconfiguration N provides the possibility to standardize on one type of REF615.Depending on the specific feeder application, the appropriate functionality can beselected and an own configuration created with the Application Configuration tool inPCM600. Standard configuration N is not designed to utilize at once all the availablefunctionality content in one IED. To ensure the performance of the IED, the userspecific configuration load needs to be verified with the Application Configurationtool in PCM600.



3.14.2 Functions


ORAND





CB

DC




RL

ClearESCI

O


RL

ClearESCI

O

U12 0. 0 kVP 0.00 kWQ 0.00 kVAr

IL2 0 A

A

*

OR

REMARKS

Optionalfunction

No. ofinstances


Io/Uo

Calculatedvalue

3× Reserves the 3I inputs for the high-impedance based differential purpose when this functionality is used

REF615

COMMUNICATION



N


4

5


Current transformer


ALSO AVAILABLE



1 -

2 3

1 2

SYNC25

O→I79

2×I2>46

3Ith>F49F

3I>>>50P/51P

3×ARC

50L/50NL


94/86


94/86

3×2×

3I>>→67-2

3I>/Io>BF51BF/51NBF

3I2f>68

PQM3IPQM3I

PQM3UPQM3V

PQMUPQMV

MCS 3IMCS 3I

FUSEF60

CBCMCBCM

2×TCSTCM

OPTSOPTM

2×3I>

51P-13I>>

51P-2

I2/I1>46PD

3I

3I

UL1UL2UL3

U12

U12

Uo

3×3U<27

U2>47O-

U1<47U+

3×3U>59

3×Uo>59G

6×f>/f<,df/dt81

UL1

UL2

UL3

Uo

VS78V

U<RT27RT

3×

P>/Q>32R/32O

Q>→, 3U<32Q, 27

Io

PQUUBPQVUB

Io

Io2×

3I>→67-1

UL1

UL2

UL3

3×

2xRTD1xmA

18×MAPMAP

FLOC21FL

SOTFSOTF

dHi_A>87A

dHi_B>87B

dHi_C>87C

* * *

MCS I_AMCS I_A

MCS I_BMCS I_B

MCS I_CMCS I_C

Io>>>50N/51N

Io>>51N-2

2×Io>

51N-1PHIZHIZ

2×Io>→67N-1

Io>>→67N-2

Io>IEF→67NIEF

3×Yo>→21YN

3×Po>→32N

Io>HA51NHA

OR OR

Io>→Y67YN

* * *

2× 2×

2×

GUID-33D8F0DD-5B76-40C1-8FAB-EF75271C1F88 V3 EN

Figure 561: Functionality overview for standard configuration N






Binary input DescriptionX110-BI2 Autoreclose external start command



















X110-SO2 Overcurrent opertae alarm









4 Negative sequence overcurrent or phase discontinuity














2 IL2

3 IL3

4 Io

5 -

6 -

7 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

12 -




3 PHLPTOC2 - start Positive or Rising








11 - -








Channel ID text Level trigger mode16 PHIPTOC1 - operate Level trigger off

PHHPTOC1 - operate

PHLPTOC2 - operate

PHLPTOC1 - operate


NSPTOC2 - operate


EFHPTOC1 - operate

EFIPTOC1 - operate

19 X110BI2 - ext start AutoReclose Level trigger off




























Four non-directional overcurrent stage and three directional overcurrent stages areoffered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Three-phase non-directionalovercurrent protection, instantaneous stage PHIPTOC1 can be blocked by energizingthe binary input X120: BI1.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_START

PHHPTOC1_START

PHLPTOC2_START


PHxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-6C6E7FFE-4CA7-4DFF-BA88-36F4C1EE19DA V1 EN




The upstream blocking from the start of the second low stage of three-phase non-directional overcurrent protection PHLPTOC2 is connected to the binary outputX110:SO1. This output can be used for sending a blocking signal to the relevantovercurrent protection stage of the IED at the infeeding bay.

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKINGPHLPTOC2_START

GUID-97C38BE4-34C3-408A-95E1-3AD7BEBD8588 V1 EN




GUID-4BBC0DE7-8C67-4E17-A6CF-F0D0E5535D53 V1 EN




OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

ORB1B2

O

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_START

NSPTOC2_START

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-D2BCBB3A-C69C-438B-BC3F-31C77B49BCC5 V1 EN


Four non-directional earth-fault stages and three directional earth-fault stages areoffered earth-fault protection. However in the configuration three non-directionalearth fault stages are considered. One stage is dedicated to sensitive earth-faultprotection EFLPTOC2. According to the IED's order code, the directional earth-faultprotection method can be based on conventional directional earth-fault DEFxPDEFonly or alternatively used together with admittance-based earth-fault protection



EFPADM, wattmetric-based earth-fault protection WPWDE or harmonics-basedearth-fault protection HAEFPTOC. A dedicated protection stage INTRPTEF is usedeither for transient based earth-fault protection or for cable intermittent earth-faultprotection in compensated networks.


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART


OPERATESTART

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFIPTOC1_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_START

EFIPTOC1_START

EFHPTOC1_START

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-0C05F72B-4EF4-4926-89AA-23AC67B1272C V1 EN



OPERATESTART


GUID-65E9D918-294A-4936-9F02-65AD242EA181 V1 EN

Figure 567: Sensitive earth-fault protection function




GUID-02B0B781-07E0-4ED2-B30B-E88EB378D6C6 V1 EN


Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformersT1PTTR1 detects overloads under varying load conditions. The BLK_CLOSE outputof the function can be used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.




OPERATESTARTALARM

BLK_CLOSE


T1PTTR1_ALARM

GUID-5995DF50-E527-4A1A-8704-5D0E283131CF V1 EN





CB_FAULT_ALTRBU

TRRET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O CCBRBRF1_TRBU

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED

PHIPTOC1_OPERATEPHHPTOC1_OPERATEPHLPTOC2_OPERATEEFLPTOC1_OPERATEEFHPTOC1_OPERATEEFIPTOC1_OPERATE


CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-39F151C5-77E0-4268-99D6-0F172571155C V1 EN



The operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to both trip logic TRPPTRC1and TRPPTRC2. If the IED has been ordered with high speed binary outputs, theindividual operate signals from ARCSARC1...3 are connected to dedicated trip logicTRPPTRC3...5. The outputs of TRPPTRC3...5 are available at high speed outputsX110:HSO1, X110:HSO2 and X110:HSO3.




OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET


OPERATEARC_FLT_DET

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE




ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-2B82370A-5D2B-4CAE-A858-6F04CC83058B V1 EN


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT


TRIPCL_LKOUT

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP




ARCSARC1_OPERATE

ARCSARC2_OPERATE

ARCSARC3_OPERATE

GUID-0F1C0838-790F-4526-801E-DBA88E061C80 V1 EN


The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by operate signalsfrom a number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. The INIT_6input in the autoreclosing function block is controlled by a binary input X110: BI2enabling the use of the external autoreclosing start command. It is possible to createindividual autoreclose sequences for each input.





The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with theCB_READY input in DARREC1. The signal, and other required signals, are connectedto the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command fromthe autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the closecommand is connected directly to the binary output X100:PO1.



INPROLOCKED

PROT_CRDUNSUC_RECL

AR_ONREADYACTIVE

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED




PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED


DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL

GUID-54D649CF-D62C-45B9-8371-06270522AB89 V1 EN


General start and operate from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timerTPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output fromTPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs



OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

TPGAPC1IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


PHIPTOC1_OPERATE


NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE


PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHLPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_START


PDNSPTOC1_START

GUID-6BA9A7FE-D984-48C6-B8E2-704C4C38FA44 V1 EN







TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


NSPTOC1_OPERATEPHLPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



GUID-782738AD-0B54-496D-BD22-8DE67454A545 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


TRIPCL_LKOUT

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O


NSPTOC1_OPERATEPHLPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE

EFLPTOC1_OPERATE

EFHPTOC1_OPERATE


PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE



CCBRBRF1_TRRET

GUID-F22B7AB4-4791-4726-8AE6-04EA9D09F96B V1 EN



The START and the OPERATE outputs from the protection stages are routed to triggerthe disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbancerecorder depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals fromdifferent functions and few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbancerecorder.




TRIGGERED

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

CCBRBRF1_TRBU


DARREC1_CLOSE_CB

PHIPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC1_OPERATE

PHHPTOC1_OPERATE

NSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHLPTOC2_OPERATE

NSPTOC2_OPERATE




CCBRBRF1_TRRET

PHLPTOC1_STARTPHHPTOC1_STARTPHLPTOC2_STARTPHIPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC1_STARTNSPTOC2_STARTEFLPTOC1_START


PDNSPTOC1_START



T1PTTR1_START



DARREC1_INPRO

DARREC1_UNSUC_RECL


GUID-2821DA29-8905-4A62-AA2C-91C1F979B841 V1 EN




Set parameters for SSCBR1 properly.





OPR_ALMOPR_LO

IPOW_ALMIPOW_LO

CB_LIFE_ALMMON_ALM

PRES_ALMPRES_LO







GUID-A18DA22E-BEF5-4C12-89A7-4F02E304561E V1 EN


ORB1B2

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O



SSCBR1_IPOW_ALM



SSCBR1_PRES_LO

SSCBR1_ALARMS

GUID-001C6E30-A6E4-475D-9142-2CB675A26FCC V1 EN



GUID-BE312318-2FBB-4272-BE2B-835BD63D592E V1 EN




Set the parameters for TCSSCBR properly.



TCSSCBR1BLOCK ALARM

TCSSCBR2BLOCK ALARM

ORB1B2

O

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR1_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR2_ALARM

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_BLOCKING

TCSSCBR_ALARM

GUID-D9B2A8EF-4B42-48D5-AD1D-E4A5131C2874 V1 EN


OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6

OTRPPTRC2_TRIP

X120_BI3_CB_OPENED


GUID-CABC7A2A-8406-44EA-8AE9-34E3EB7B1FA6 V1 EN



Two types of disconnector and earthing switch function blocks are available.DCSXSWI1...3 and ESSXSWI1...2 are status only type, and DCXSWI1...2 andESXSWI1 are controllable type. By default, the status only blocks are connected in thestandard configuration. The disconnector (CB truck) and line side earthing switchstatus information are connected to DCSXSWI1 and ESSXSI1.


OPENPOSCLOSEPOS



GUID-88089155-4117-4BF7-BEAD-8EB5D61595E1 V1 EN



OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOS


GUID-52A1CCBB-9AD0-467E-9673-72905B03507C V

Figure 583: Earthing-switch control logic

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. Theinput can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of the



disconnector or breaker truck and earth-switch position status, status of the trip logics,gas pressure alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines whether the disconnector or breakertruck is either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This output,together with the open earth-switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enable signal to the circuit breaker control function block. The open operation forcircuit breaker is always enabled.




OP_REQCL_REQ

OPENPOSCLOSEPOS

OKPOSOPEN_ENAD

CLOSE_ENAD

TRUE



FALSE


CBXCBR1_SELECTED

GUID-A9EA74A8-8931-4A9A-B602-C5940687A28E V2 EN


Connect the addition signals required for the application for closingand opening of circuit breaker.

ORB1B2


GUID-A30683B8-1318-48BE-851C-9F56B071E150 V1 EN

Figure 585: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for closing coil of circuit breaker

OR6B1B2B3B4B5B6


DARREC1_OPEN_CB

GUID-6834DCB2-126F-40BF-A10B-23B4E5E02534 V1 EN

Figure 586: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for opening coil of circuit breaker



NOTIN OUT

AND6B1B2B3B4B5B6

O

NOTIN OUT

NOTIN OUT

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

CBXCBR1_ENA_CLOSE

TRPPTRC1_TRIP




GUID-4BD1BA07-C7A7-4510-BAB9-DBF3BABD1A02 V1 EN




Connect the additional signal for closing and opening of circuitbreaker in local or remote mode if applicable for the configuration.

ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXCBR1_AU_CLOSE

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-065B8F38-D535-4FBF-B2B5-9FB82191614C V1 EN


ANDB1B2

O

ANDB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

FALSE

FALSE

CBXBCR1_AU_OPEN

CONTROL_LOCAL

CONTROL_REMOTE

GUID-0978DD77-5996-4E3C-BFCE-E0726ED2BC9A V1 EN







Load profile record LDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1gives the ability to observe the loading history of the corresponding feeder.

The power quality functions CMHAI1 and VMHAI1 can be used to measure theharmonic contents of the phase current and phase voltages. The voltage variation, thatis, sage and swells can be measured by the voltage variation function PHQVVR1. Bydefault, these power quality functions are not included in the configuration. Therequired logic connections can be made depending on the application by PCM600.

The three-phase bus side phase voltage and single phase line side phase voltage inputsto the IED can be measured by three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU1 andVMMXU2. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card in the back panel. Thesequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and theresidual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residual voltage.

The frequency measurement FMMXU1 of the power system and the three-phasepower and energy measurement PEMMXU1 are available.

However, these voltage, frequency and power measurement functions need to beadded in application configurations.


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-77B3EBC2-B1B3-45B9-A87D-994D23CD6CCF V1 EN


CSMSQI1

GUID-6AA5792D-D33A-459E-B38C-C42BA50E56A6 V1 EN



HIGH_WARN

GUID-15030D32-F6B4-4234-8B89-1129B3A86DB7 V1 EN





HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-3B972DE4-6494-4F05-A3A6-889B2C107CAC V1 EN


VSMSQI1

GUID-B73E15A5-5F01-4C52-B6CF-FC253E9C73CC V1 EN

Figure 594: Residual measurement: Residual voltage measurement


HIGH_WARNLOW_WARN

LOW_ALARM

GUID-47E4200D-7795-4437-94FB-24B1385E8DF8 V1 EN


FMMXU1

GUID-D9F7BF94-F97E-4DE9-8F52-1EE26998B098 V1 EN


PEMMXU1RSTACM

GUID-C81ADCD4-65DF-477A-93D1-B272754B312B V1 EN



GUID-CA3D6392-494E-4BC9-BBB9-9F98D96BE196 V2 EN



MEM_ALARM

GUID-4982BDFA-AD01-4C0C-A14B-EA098362AE51 V2 EN





ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O

ORB1B2

O





X110_BI8_ES1_OPENED

X110_BI7_ES1_CLOSED

X110_BI2_EXT_START_AUTORECLOSEX110 (BIO).X110-Input 2














GUID-46F2BC2B-B863-4F13-8EFE-E10E5D695CE8 V1 EN


X120_BI3_CB_OPENED

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED






X120 (AIM).X120-Input 4GUID-56BDDBE9-A1DF-4D1B-9AD4-4501D67E40EB V1 EN




UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING

OC_OPERATE_PULSE

EF_OPERATE_PULSE

TRPPTRC3_TRIP

TRPPTRC4_TRIP

TRPPTRC5_TRIP

X110 (BIO).X110-SO1

X110 (BIO).X110-SO2

X110 (BIO).X110-SO3



X110 (BIO-H).X110-HSO3GUID-3241C034-AC38-41BA-AC50-CA5FC1E9425E V1 EN


CB_CLOSE_COMMAND

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

GENERAL_START_PULSE


CB_OPEN_COMMAND

TRPPTRC2_TRIP

X100 (PSM).X100-PO1

X100 (PSM).X100-PO2

X100 (PSM).X100-SO1

X100 (PSM).X100-SO2

X100 (PSM).X100-PO3

X100 (PSM).X100-PO4GUID-3817524D-C0C1-42F8-A4DC-FB5DA4EFFFD0 V1 EN




LED1OKALARMRESET

LED2OKALARMRESET

LED3OKALARMRESET

LED4OKALARMRESET

LED5OKALARMRESET

ORB1B2

O

EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PDNSPTOC1_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

T1PTTR1_ALARM

NSPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-0A540AFB-3DD1-47A7-AE63-E65932766D34 V1 EN



LED6OKALARMRESET

LED7OKALARMRESET

LED8OKALARMRESET

LED9OKALARMRESET

LED10OKALARMRESET

LED11OKALARMRESET

CCBRBRF1_TRBU

DARREC1_INPRO


TCSSCBR_ALARM

SSCBR1_ALARMS

ARCSARC_OPERATE

GUID-76107B29-33D4-4CA1-8F5C-D03382A9D583 V1 EN



The configuration also includes overcurrent operate and earth-fault operate logic. Theoperate logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC for setting theminimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC is connected tobinary outputs.

TPGAPC2IN1IN2

OUT1OUT2

ORB1B2

O


EFLPTOC2_OPERATE

PHxPTOC_OPERATE

EFxPTOC_OPERATE

GUID-5DAD5155-7666-4E05-B6AC-7CD7EB01E6F9 V1 EN





The configuration includes few instances of residual overvoltage protection, phaseovervoltage and undervoltage protection, positive-sequence undervoltage protection,negative-sequence overvoltage protection, frequency protection, multipurposeprotection MAPGAPC, high-impedance fault detection PHIZ, runtime counter formachines and devices MDSOPT and different types of timers and control functions.These functions are not included in application configuration but they can be addedbased on the system requirements.



Section 4 Requirements for measurementtransformers

4.1 Current transformers

4.1.1 Current transformer requirements for non-directionalovercurrent protection

For reliable and correct operation of the overcurrent protection, the CT has to bechosen carefully. The distortion of the secondary current of a saturated CT mayendanger the operation, selectivity, and co-ordination of protection. However, whenthe CT is correctly selected, a fast and reliable short circuit protection can be enabled.

The selection of a CT depends not only on the CT specifications but also on thenetwork fault current magnitude, desired protection objectives, and the actual CTburden. The protection settings of the protection relay should be defined in accordancewith the CT performance as well as other factors.

4.1.1.1 Current transformer accuracy class and accuracy limit factor

The rated accuracy limit factor (Fn) is the ratio of the rated accuracy limit primarycurrent to the rated primary current. For example, a protective current transformer oftype 5P10 has the accuracy class 5P and the accuracy limit factor 10. For protectivecurrent transformers, the accuracy class is designed by the highest permissiblepercentage composite error at the rated accuracy limit primary current prescribed forthe accuracy class concerned, followed by the letter "P" (meaning protection).

Table 71: Limits of errors according to IEC 60044-1 for protective current transformers

Accuracy class Current error atrated primarycurrent (%)

Phase displacement at rated primarycurrent

Composite error atrated accuracy limitprimary current (%)minutes centiradians

5P ±1 ±60 ±1.8 5

10P ±3 - - 10

The accuracy classes 5P and 10P are both suitable for non-directional overcurrentprotection. The 5P class provides a better accuracy. This should be noted also if thereare accuracy requirements for the metering functions (current metering, powermetering, and so on) of the protection relay.

The CT accuracy primary limit current describes the highest fault current magnitudeat which the CT fulfils the specified accuracy. Beyond this level, the secondary current

1MRS756378 S Section 4Requirements for measurement transformers


of the CT is distorted and it might have severe effects on the performance of theprotection relay.

In practise, the actual accuracy limit factor (Fa) differs from the rated accuracy limitfactor (Fn) and is proportional to the ratio of the rated CT burden and the actual CTburden.

The actual accuracy limit factor is calculated using the formula:

F FS S

S Sa n

in n

in

≈ ×

+

+

A071141 V1 EN

Fn the accuracy limit factor with the nominal external burden Sn

Sin the internal secondary burden of the CT

S the actual external burden

4.1.1.2 Non-directional overcurrent protection

The current transformer selectionNon-directional overcurrent protection does not set high requirements on the accuracyclass or on the actual accuracy limit factor (Fa) of the CTs. It is, however,recommended to select a CT with Fa of at least 20.

The nominal primary current I1n should be chosen in such a way that the thermal anddynamic strength of the current measuring input of the protection relay is notexceeded. This is always fulfilled when

I1n > Ikmax / 100,

Ikmax is the highest fault current.

The saturation of the CT protects the measuring circuit and the current input of theprotection relay. For that reason, in practice, even a few times smaller nominalprimary current can be used than given by the formula.

Recommended start current settingsIf Ikmin is the lowest primary current at which the highest set overcurrent stage is tooperate, the start current should be set using the formula:

Current start value < 0.7 × (Ikmin / I1n)

I1n is the nominal primary current of the CT.

The factor 0.7 takes into account the protection relay inaccuracy, current transformererrors, and imperfections of the short circuit calculations.

Section 4 1MRS756378 SRequirements for measurement transformers


The adequate performance of the CT should be checked when the setting of the highset stage overcurrent protection is defined. The operate time delay caused by the CTsaturation is typically small enough when the overcurrent setting is noticeably lowerthan Fa.

When defining the setting values for the low set stages, the saturation of the CT doesnot need to be taken into account and the start current setting is simply according to theformula.

Delay in operation caused by saturation of current transformersThe saturation of CT may cause a delayed protection relay operation. To ensure thetime selectivity, the delay must be taken into account when setting the operate timesof successive protection relays.

With definite time mode of operation, the saturation of CT may cause a delay that isas long as the time the constant of the DC component of the fault current, when thecurrent is only slightly higher than the starting current. This depends on the accuracylimit factor of the CT, on the remanence flux of the core of the CT, and on the operatetime setting.

With inverse time mode of operation, the delay should always be considered as beingas long as the time constant of the DC component.

With inverse time mode of operation and when the high-set stages are not used, the ACcomponent of the fault current should not saturate the CT less than 20 times thestarting current. Otherwise, the inverse operation time can be further prolonged.Therefore, the accuracy limit factor Fa should be chosen using the formula:

Fa > 20 × Current start value / I1n

The Current start value is the primary start current setting of the protection relay.

4.1.1.3 Example for non-directional overcurrent protection

The following figure describes a typical medium voltage feeder. The protection isimplemented as three-stage definite time non-directional overcurrent protection.

1MRS756378 S Section 4Requirements for measurement transformers


A071142 V1 EN

Figure 606: Example of three-stage overcurrent protection

The maximum three-phase fault current is 41.7 kA and the minimum three-phase shortcircuit current is 22.8 kA. The actual accuracy limit factor of the CT is calculated tobe 59.

The start current setting for low-set stage (3I>) is selected to be about twice thenominal current of the cable. The operate time is selected so that it is selective with thenext protection relay (not visible in Figure 606). The settings for the high-set stage andinstantaneous stage are defined also so that grading is ensured with the downstreamprotection. In addition, the start current settings have to be defined so that theprotection relay operates with the minimum fault current and it does not operate withthe maximum load current. The settings for all three stages are as in Figure 606.

For the application point of view, the suitable setting for instantaneous stage (I>>>) inthis example is 3 500 A (5.83 × I2n). For the CT characteristics point of view, thecriteria given by the current transformer selection formula is fulfilled and also theprotection relay setting is considerably below the Fa. In this application, the CT ratedburden could have been selected much lower than 10 VA for economical reasons.

Section 4 1MRS756378 SRequirements for measurement transformers


Section 5 IED physical connections

5.1 Inputs

5.1.1 Energizing inputs

5.1.1.1 Phase currents

The IED can also be used in single or two-phase applications byleaving one or two energizing inputs unoccupied. However, at leastterminals X120:7-8 must be connected.

Table 72: Phase current inputs included in configurations A, B, C, D, E, F, H, J, K and N

Terminal DescriptionX120:7-8 IL1

X120:9-10 IL2

X120:11-12 IL3

5.1.1.2 Residual current

Table 73: Residual current input included in configurations A, B, C, D, E, F, H, J and N

Terminal DescriptionX120:13-14 Io

Table 74: Residual current input included in configuration K

Terminal DescriptionX120:5-6 IoB1)

X120:13-14 Io

1) Used only for HREFPDIF1

Table 75: Residual current input included in configuration G

Terminal DescriptionX130:1-2 Io

1MRS756378 S Section 5IED physical connections


5.1.1.3 Phase voltages

Table 76: Phase voltage inputs included in configurations E, F, H, J, K and N

Terminal DescriptionX130:11-12 U1

X130:13-14 U2

X130:15-16 U3

Table 77: Reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 included in configurations H, J, K and N

Terminal DescriptionX130:9-10 U12B

5.1.1.4 Residual voltage

Table 78: Additional residual voltage input included in configurations A and B

Terminal DescriptionX120:5-6 Uo

Table 79: Additional residual voltage input included in configurations E, F, H, J, K and N

Terminal DescriptionX130:17-18 Uo

5.1.1.5 Sensor inputs

Table 80: Combi sensor inputs included in configurations G and L

Terminal DescriptionX131 IL1

U1

X132 IL2U2

X133 IL3U3

5.1.2 Auxiliary supply voltage input

The auxiliary voltage of the protection relay is connected to terminals X100:1-2. AtDC supply, the positive lead is connected to terminal X100:1. The permitted auxiliaryvoltage range (AC/DC or DC) is marked on the top of the LHMI of the protectionrelay.

Section 5 1MRS756378 SIED physical connections


Table 81: Auxiliary voltage supply

Terminal DescriptionX100:1 + Input

X100:2 - Input

5.1.3 Binary inputs

The binary inputs can be used, for example, to generate a blocking signal, to unlatchoutput contacts, to trigger the disturbance recorder or for remote control of IEDsettings.

Binary inputs of slot X110 are available with configurations B, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, Land N.

Table 82: Binary input terminals X110:1-13 with BIO0005 module

Terminal DescriptionX110:1 BI1, +

X110:2 BI1, -

X110:3 BI2, +

X110:4 BI2, -

X110:5 BI3, +

X110:6 BI3, -

X110:6 BI4, -

X110:7 BI4, +

X110:8 BI5, +

X110:9 BI5, -

X110:9 BI6, -

X110:10 BI6, +

X110:11 BI7, +

X110:12 BI7, -

X110:12 BI8, -

X110:13 BI8, +

Table 83: Binary input terminals X110:1-10 with BIO0007 module


X110:5 BI1, -

X110:2 BI2, +

X110:5 BI2, -

X110:3 BI3, +

X110:5 BI3, -





X110:5 BI4, -

X110:6 BI5, +

X110:10 BI5, -

X110:7 BI6, +

X110:10 BI6, -

X110:8 BI7, +

X110:10 BI7, -

X110:9 BI8, +

X110:10 BI8, -

Binary inputs of slot X120 are available with configurations C, D, E, F, H, J and N

Table 84: Binary input terminals X120-1...6


X120:2 BI1, -

X120:3 BI2, +

X120:2 BI2, -

X120:4 BI3, +

X120:2 BI3, -

X120:5 BI4, +

X120:6 BI4, -

Binary inputs of slot X120 are available with configurations A and B.

Table 85: Binary input terminals X120:1-4


X120:2 BI1, -

X120:3 BI2, +

X120:2 BI2, -

X120:4 BI3, +

X120:2 BI3, -

Binary inputs of slot X130 are optional for configurations B and D.



Table 86: Binary input terminals X130:1-9


X130:2 BI1, -

X130:2 BI2, -

X130:3 BI2, +

X130:4 BI3, +

X130:5 BI3, -

X130:5 BI4, -

X130:6 BI4, +

X130:7 BI5, +

X130:8 BI5, -

X130:8 BI6, -

X130:9 BI6, +

Binary inputs of slot X130 are available with configuration K and optionally availablewith configurations E, F, H, J and N.

Table 87: Binary input terminals X130:1-8 with AIM0006 module


X130:2 BI1, -

X130:3 BI2, +

X130:4 BI2, -

X130:5 BI3, +

X130:6 BI3, -

X130:7 BI4, +

X130:8 BI4, -

5.1.4 Optional light sensor inputs

If the IED is provided with the optional communication module with light sensorinputs, the pre-manufactured lens-sensor fibers are connected to inputs X13, X14 andX15. See the connection diagrams.For further information, see arc protection.

The IED is provided with connection sockets X13, X14 and X15 onlyif the optional communication module with light sensor inputs hasbeen installed. If the arc protection option is selected when ordering anIED, the light sensor inputs are included in the communicationmodule.



Table 88: Light sensor input connectors

Terminal DescriptionX13 Input Light sensor 1

X14 Input Light sensor 2

X15 Input Light sensor 3

5.1.5 RTD/mA inputs

It is possible to connect mA and RTD based measurement sensors to the IED if theIED is provided with optional RTD0001 module in standard configurations A and Band with AIM0003 module in standard configurations E, F, H, J and N.

Table 89: Optional RTD/mA inputs with RTD0001 module

Terminal DescriptionX130:1 mA1 (AI1), +

X130:2 mA1 (AI1), -

X130:3 mA2 (AI2), +

X130:4 mA2 (AI2), -

X130:5 RTD1 (AI3), +

X130:6 RTD1 (AI3), -

X130:7 RTD2 (AI4), +

X130:8 RTD2 (AI4), -

X130:9 RTD3 (AI5), +

X130:10 RTD3 (AI5), -

X130:11 Common1)

X130:12 Common2)

X130:13 RTD4 (AI6), +

X130:14 RTD4 (AI6), -

X130:15 RTD5 (AI7), +

X130:16 RTD5 (AI7), -

X130:17 RTD6 (AI8), +

X130:18 RTD6 (AI8), -

1) Common ground for RTD channels 1-32) Common ground for RTD channels 4-6

Table 90: Optional RTD/mA inputs with AIM0003 module

Terminal DescriptionX130:1 mA 1 (AI1), +

X130:2 mA 1 (AI1), -

X130:3 RTD1 (AI2), +

X130:4 RTD1 (AI2), -




Terminal DescriptionX130:5 RTD1 (AI2), ground

X130:6 RTD2 (AI3), +

X130:7 RTD2 (AI3), -

X130:8 RTD2 (AI3), ground

5.2 Outputs

5.2.1 Outputs for tripping and controlling

Output contacts PO1, PO2, PO3 and PO4 are heavy-duty trip contacts capable ofcontrolling most circuit breakers. On delivery from the factory, the trip signals fromall the protection stages are routed to PO3 and PO4.

Table 91: Output contacts

Terminal DescriptionX100:6 PO1, NO

X100:7 PO1, NO

X100:8 PO2, NO

X100:9 PO2, NO

X100:15 PO3, NO (TCS resistor)

X100:16 PO3, NO

X100:17 PO3, NO

X100:18 PO3 (TCS1 input), NO


X100:20 PO4, NO (TCS resistor)

X100:21 PO4, NO

X100:22 PO4, NO



5.2.2 Outputs for signalling

SO output contacts can be used for signalling on start and tripping of the IED. Ondelivery from the factory, the start and alarm signals from all the protection stages arerouted to signalling outputs.



Table 92: Output contacts X100:10-14

Terminal DescriptionX100:10 SO1, common

X100:11 SO1, NC

X100:12 SO1, NO

X100:13 SO2, NO

X100:14 SO2, NO

Output contacts of slot X110 are available with configurations B, D, E, F, G, H, J, K,L and N.

Table 93: Output contacts X110:14-24 with BIO0005


X110:15 SO1, NO

X110:16 SO1, NC

X110:17 SO2, common

X110:18 SO2, NO

X110:19 SO2, NC

X110:20 SO3, common

X110:21 SO3, NO

X110:22 SO3, NC

X110:23 SO4, common

X110:24 SO4, NO

Table 94: Optional high-speed output contacts X110:15-24 with BIO0007

Terminal DescriptionX110:15 HSO1, NO

X110:16 HSO1, NO

X110:19 HSO2, NO

X110:20 HSO2, NO

X110:23 HSO3, NO

X110:24 HSO3, NO

Output contacts of slot X130 are available in the optional BIO module (BIO0006).

Output contacts of slot X130 are optional for configurations B and D.



Table 95: Output contacts X130:10-18


X130:11 SO1, NO

X130:12 SO1, NC

X130:13 SO2, common

X130:14 SO2, NO

X130:15 SO2, NC

X130:16 SO3, common

X130:17 SO3, NO

X130:18 SO3, NC

5.2.3 IRF

The IRF contact functions as an output contact for the self-supervision system of theprotection relay. Under normal operating conditions, the protection relay is energizedand the contact is closed (X100:3-5). When a fault is detected by the self-supervisionsystem or the auxiliary voltage is disconnected, the output contact drops off and thecontact closes (X100:3-4).

Table 96: IRF contact

Terminal DescriptionX100:3 IRF, common

X100:4 Closed; IRF, or Uaux disconnected

X100:5 Closed; no IRF, and Uaux connected



Section 6 Glossary

615 series Series of numerical protection and control relays forprotection and supervision applications of utilitysubstations, and industrial switchgear and equipment

AC Alternating currentAI Analog inputASCII American Standard Code for Information InterchangeBI Binary inputBIO Binary input and outputBO Binary outputCB Circuit breakerCT Current transformerDAN Doubly attached nodeDC 1. Direct current

2. Disconnector3. Double command

DNP3 A distributed network protocol originally developed byWestronic. The DNP3 Users Group has the ownershipof the protocol and assumes responsibility for itsevolution.

DPC Double-point controlEMC Electromagnetic compatibilityEthernet A standard for connecting a family of frame-based

computer networking technologies into a LANFIFO First in, first outFTP File transfer protocolFTPS FTP SecureGOOSE Generic Object-Oriented Substation EventHMI Human-machine interfaceHSO High-speed outputHSR High-availability seamless redundancyHTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol SecureHW Hardware

1MRS756378 S Section 6Glossary


I/O Input/outputIEC International Electrotechnical CommissionIEC 60870-5-103 1. Communication standard for protective equipment

2. A serial master/slave protocol for point-to-pointcommunication

IEC 61850 International standard for substation communicationand modeling

IEC 61850-8-1 A communication protocol based on the IEC 61850standard series

IEC 61850-9-2 A communication protocol based on the IEC 61850standard series

IEC 61850-9-2 LE Lite Edition of IEC 61850-9-2 offering process businterface

IED Intelligent electronic device (protection and controlrelay)

IEEE 1588 v2 Standard for a Precision Clock SynchronizationProtocol for networked measurement and controlsystems

IEEE 1686 Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices'(IEDs') Cyber Security Capabilities

IP address A set of four numbers between 0 and 255, separated byperiods. Each server connected to the Internet isassigned a unique IP address that specifies the locationfor the TCP/IP protocol.

IRIG-B Inter-Range Instrumentation Group's time code formatB

LAN Local area networkLC Connector type for glass fiber cable, IEC 61754-20LCD Liquid crystal displayLE Light EditionLED Light-emitting diodeLHMI Local human-machine interfaceMAC Media access controlMCB Miniature circuit breakerMMS 1. Manufacturing message specification

2. Metering management systemModbus A serial communication protocol developed by the

Modicon company in 1979. Originally used forcommunication in PLCs and RTU devices.

Section 6 1MRS756378 SGlossary


Modbus TCP/IP Modbus RTU protocol which uses TCP/IP and Ethernetto carry data between devices

NC Normally closedNO Normally openPCM600 Protection and Control IED ManagerPO Power outputPRP Parallel redundancy protocolPTP Precision Time ProtocolRCA Also known as MTA or base angle. Characteristic angle.REF615 Feeder protection and control relayRIO600 Remote I/O unitRJ-45 Galvanic connector typeRS-232 Serial interface standardRS-485 Serial link according to EIA standard RS485RSTP Rapid spanning tree protocolRTD Resistance temperature detectorRTU Remote terminal unitSAN Single attached nodeSLD Single-line diagramSMV Sampled measured valuesSNTP Simple Network Time ProtocolSO Signal outputSingle-line diagram Simplified notation for representing a three-phase

power system. Instead of representing each of threephases with a separate line or terminal, only oneconductor is represented.

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet ProtocolTCS Trip-circuit supervisionVT Voltage transformerWAN Wide area networkWHMI Web human-machine interface

1MRS756378 S Section 6Glossary


Contact us

ABB OyMedium Voltage Products,Distribution AutomationP.O. Box 699FI-65101 VAASA, FinlandPhone +358 10 22 11Fax +358 10 22 41094

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage

www.abb.com/substationautomation

ABB India Limited,Distribution AutomationManeja WorksVadodara-390013, IndiaPhone +91 265 6724402Fax +91 265 6724423

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage

www.abb.com/substationautomation

1MR

S75

6378

S©

Cop

yrig

ht 2

016

AB

B. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Feeder Protection and Control REF615 Application Manual

Documents

Transcript of Feeder Protection and Control REF615 Application Manual